| Components | All | New | MacOS | Windows | Linux | iOS | ||||
| Examples | Mac & Win | Server | Client | Guides | Statistic | FMM | Blog | Deprecated | Old | |
All functions
| Item | Details | Server |
|---|---|---|
| AVAsset.AvailableMetadataFormats Returns a list representing available metadata formats. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.Duration Returns the duration of a asset in seconds. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.Framerate Looks for first video track and reports the nominal frame rate. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.HasProtectedContent Queries whether the asset has protected content. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.Image Returns an image for the asset at or near a specified time. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.ImageActualTime Queries actual time for image. | Mac/iOS 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.IsComposable Queries whether this asset can be used in compositions. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.IsExportable Indicates whether the asset can be exported. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.IsPlayable Checks whether the asset, or its URL, can be played. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.IsReadable Checks whether the asset’s media data can be extracted | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.Loaded Queries load status of asset. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.Lyrics Queries the lyrics of the asset suitable for the current locale. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.Metadata Queries metadata. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.MetadataKeys Queries metadata keys. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.NaturalHeight Queries the natural height of the video. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.NaturalWidth Queries the natural width of the video. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.OpenContainer Opens a movie from a container. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.OpenFile Opens an asset from a file. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.OpenURL Opens a movie from URL. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.PreferredRate Queries the natural rate at which the asset is to be played. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.PreferredVolume Queries the preferred volume at which the audible media of asset is to be played. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.ReleaseAll Release all asset objects. | Mac/iOS 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.RequestImageTimePrecision Requests to use high precision for timing of images. | Mac/iOS 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.TimeCodes Reads time codes from asset. | Mac/iOS 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.TrackCount Queries the track count. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.TrackInfo Queries track details. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.URL Queries the URL used to open this asset. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVAsset.WaitForLoaded Waits for file to be loaded. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.AllExportPresets Queries list of all supported presets. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.CancelExport Cancels the execution of an export session. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.Duration Queries duration of the asset. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.Error Queries the error that occurred if the export status is Failed. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.EstimatedOutputFileLength Queries the estimated byte size of exported file. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.ExportAsynchronously Starts export. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.ExportSession Creates a new export session. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.ExportSessionMerge Creates a new export session. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.GetOutputFileType Queries the output file type. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.GetOutputPath Queries the current output path. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.GetOutputURL Queries the current output URL. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.GetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse Queries whether video should be network optimized. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.GetTimeRange Queries time range to export. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.List Lists all IDs of export objects. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.OutputFileExtension Queries preferred file extension for current export. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.PresetName Returns the name of the preset used. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.Progress Queries current progress. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.Release Frees the session. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.ReleaseAll Frees all export sessions. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.SetOutputFileType Sets the output file type. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.SetOutputPath Sets the output file path. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.SetOutputURL Sets the output file URL. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.SetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse Whether to optimize video for network use. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.SetTimeRange Specifies a time range to be exported from the source. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.Status Queries status of export. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVExport.SupportedFileTypes Queries supported file type for this export session. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| AVPlayer.AddView Creates a player view. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.CloseView Closes the video view. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.FindPlayers Finds all players in current window. | Mac/iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetAsset Queries the current asset. | Mac/iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetControlsStyle Queries the controls style. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetDuration Queries the length of the video in seconds. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedFileName Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedScriptName Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetMuted Queries mute state. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressEvaluate Queries expression to run on playback. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressInterval Queries progress interval. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetRate Queries playback rate. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetShowsFrameSteppingButtons Queries whether to show frame stepping buttons. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetShowsFullScreenToggleButton Whether or not the controls pane will show a full screen toggle button. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetShowsSubtitles Queries whether subtitles should be shown. | Mac only 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetTag Queries the tag value. | Mac/iOS 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetTime Queries current time in seconds. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetVolume Queries current volume. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.GetWindowRef Queries the window where this text view is located. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.List Lists all IDs of player objects. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| AVPlayer.OpenContainer Opens the audio file from a container. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.OpenFile Opens an audio file. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.OpenURL Opens the movie with the given URL. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.Pause Pauses playback. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.Play Plays sound. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.Release Releases the audio player. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.ReleaseAll Releases all movies in memory. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetControlsStyle Sets the controls style. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when playback is finished. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetFocus Sets focus to the player view. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetFrameWithControl Repositions text view to given control. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetMuted Sets mute status. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate on progress. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressInterval Sets the progress interval. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetRate Sets the playback rate. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetShowsFrameSteppingButtons Whether to show frame stepping buttons. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetShowsFullScreenToggleButton Whether or not the controls pane will show a full screen toggle button. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetShowsSubtitles Seats whether subtitles should be shown. | Mac only 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetTag Sets the tag value. | Mac/iOS 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetTime Sets the current time. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetVisible Hides or shows the player view. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVPlayer.SetVolume Sets the volume. | Mac/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.AddPreviewToWindow Adds a preview area to the window. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.AddPreviewWithControl Adds a preview area to the window using placeholder control. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceCount Queries number of audio devices found by the plugin. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceInfo Queries details about audio device. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.AuthorizationStatusForMediaType Queries authorization status for audio/video recording. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.AvailableReactionTypes Returns a list of reaction types which can be passed to performEffectForReaction. | Mac/iOS 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.CanPerformReactionEffects Indicates whether reactions can be performed on a particular AVCaptureDevice. | Mac/iOS 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.CaptureStillPhoto Captures a still image. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.ClosePreview Closes the preview view. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.CurrentQRCode Queries current QRCode. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.EncoderCount Queries number of encoders found by the plugin. | Win only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.EncoderInfo Queries details about video encoders. | Win only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.GetAudioDevice Queries name of audio device in use. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.GetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring Queries whether automatically mirroring is enabled. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.GetEncoder Queries name of current encoder. | Win only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.GetFilePath Queries the current file path. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoDevice Queries name of video device in use. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoMirrored Queries whether video should be mirrored. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoOrientation Queries current video orientation. | iOS 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.HasQRCode Whether we have a QRCode. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.Init Starts a new recording session. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.IsRecording Queries whether we are recording. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.IsVideoMirroringSupported Queries whether video mirroring is supported. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.List Lists all IDs of recorder objects. | Mac/Win/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| AVRecorder.PerformEffectForReaction Triggers a specified reaction on the video stream. | Mac/iOS 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.ReactionEffectGesturesEnabled A function indicating whether gesture detection will trigger reaction effects on the video stream. | Mac/iOS 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.ReactionEffectsEnabled Whether reaction effects are enabled. | Mac/iOS 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.Release Releases a recording session. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.ReleaseAll Releases all recording sessions. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.RequestAccessForMediaType Requests permissions for media type. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.SetAudioDevice Sets the audio device to use. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.SetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring Set whether to allow automatically mirroring. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.SetEncoder Sets the encoder to use for video. | Win only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.SetFilePath Sets the file path for recording. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.SetScreenInput Sets video input to screen. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoDevice Sets the video device to use. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoMirrored Sets mirror state. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoOrientation Sets the video orientation for iOS. | iOS 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.ShowPropertyDialog Shows property dialog. | Win only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.StartPreview Starts the preview. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.StartQRCodeDetection Starts QRCode detection. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.StartRecording Starts recording. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.StopQRCodeDetection Stops QRCode detection. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.StopRecording Stops recording. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceCount Queries number of video devices found by the plugin. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceInfo Queries details about video device. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| AVRecorder.VideoResolutions Queries list of video resolution details for the selected camera. | Win only 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| AddToErrorLog Adds log entry to current error log. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| App.CancelUserAttentionRequest Cancels a previous user attention request. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| App.ClearTouchBar Clears a TouchBar assigned to the app. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| App.EffectiveUserID Queries effective user ID. | Mac/Linux/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| App.Exit Quits the current process. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| App.GetDockBadgeLabel Returns the tile's current badge label. | Mac/iOS 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| App.GetDockIcon Queries the dock icon. | Mac only 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| App.GetFocussedWindowTitle Queries the title of the focussed window, when run. | Mac/Win/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| App.GetProcessName Queries the name of the application. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| App.GetProcessPath Queries the path of the application. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| App.MemoryUsed Queries amount of memory used. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| App.OpenFile Asks app to open a given file. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| App.PlaySystemSound Plays a system sound with given name. | Mac/Win 11.3 |
❌ Server |
| App.ProcessID Queries process ID. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| App.RequestUserAttention Starts a user attention request. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| App.SetDockBadgeLabel Sets the string to be displayed in the tile's badging area. | Mac/iOS 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| App.SetDockIcon Sets the image for the dock icon for this application. | Mac only 3.2 |
❌ Server |
| App.SetProcessName Sets the name of the current application. | Mac only 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| App.UserID Queries user ID. | Mac/Linux/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.Close Removes a Script from memory. | Mac only 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.Compile Compiles the script and returns the Script ID. | Mac only 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.DeterminePermissionToAutomateTarget Checks whether AppleScript is allowed. | Mac only 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| AppleScript.Execute Performs a compiled Apple Script. | Mac only 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.GetPropertyName Queries name of property with given index. | Mac only 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.GetPropertyValue Queries property value text. | Mac only 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.LastError Returns the last error code. | Mac only 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.LastErrorMessage Returns the last error message. | Mac only 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.LastErrorPosition Queries position of error in source text. | Mac only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.List Lists all IDs of AppleScript objects. | Mac only 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.PropertyCount Queries the number of properties in the script. | Mac only 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.Run The function compiles the AppleScript text and runs it. | Mac only 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| AppleScript.SetPropertyValue Sets property value with new text. | Mac only 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.AddContainer Adds a container value to the current archive. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.AddFile Add files to the current archive. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.AddText Add a text file to the archive. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.BZip2Version Queries version of bzip2 library. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.Close Closes the current archive. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.Compress Compresses files to an archive. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.CompressContainer Compresses one container into a new archive. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.CompressText Compresses a text into a new archive. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.Content Lists content of archive as JSON. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.Create Creates a new archive. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.Extract Extracts files in an archive. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.ExtractFile Extracts one file and returns as container. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.FileList Lists file paths in the archive. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.GZipDecompress Extracts content of gzip file as container. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.IsOpen Queries whether an archive is currently open. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.LZ4Version Queries version of lz4 library. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.LibVersion Queries version of LibArchive. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.LibVersionDetails Queries version of LibArchive. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.SupportedFormats Returns the list of supported formats. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.Verify Verifies files in an archive. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.ZLibVersion Queries version of zlib library. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.ZStdVersion Queries version of zest library. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| Archive.lzmaVersion Queries version of lzma library. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.Backup Log record. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.Backup2 Log record. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.BaseTableNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for the base table name for a given table occurrence ID. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.BuildCaches Builds caches for Audit. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.Changed Log record change. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.Changed2 Same as Audit.Changed, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.ClearCaches Clears internal caches for audit functions. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.Delete Log record deletion. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.Delete2 Same as Audit.Delete, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.FieldIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a field name. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.FieldNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for a field ID. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetAuditLogTableName Queries the table name for the AuditLog table. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetDateAndTimeAsNumbers Queries state for this option. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetEnabled Queries enable status. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetIgnoreCalculations Queries whether stored calculations are audited. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetIgnoreEmptyFieldsForCreate Queries whether to ignore empty fields for create. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetIgnoreRepetitions Queries whether repetition fields should be ignored. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetIgnoreSummaryFields Queries whether summary fields are audited. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Queries the state of the underscore ignore setting. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetIgnoredFieldNames Queries list of ignored field names. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetLogAccess Queries whether plugin logs access. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetUUIDField Queries UUID field name. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.GetUUIDFields Queries UUID field names. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.Hash Hashes the field/value. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetAuditLogTableName Sets the table name for the AuditLog table. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetDateAndTimeAsNumbers Sets whether time values are stored as numbers. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetEnabled Turns audit globally on or off. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetIgnoreCalculations Set whether stored calculations are audited. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetIgnoreEmptyFieldsForCreate Sets whether to ignore empty fields for create. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetIgnoreRepetitions Whether to ignore repetitions. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetIgnoreSummaryFields Set whether summary fields are audited. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Sets whether to ignore all field names whose name starts with underscore character. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetIgnoredFieldNames Sets the ignored field names. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetLogAccess Sets whether access is logged. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetUUIDField Sets the UUID field name. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.SetUUIDFields Sets the list of UUID field names. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.Statistics Queries statistics for Audit functions. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.TableIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a table name. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| Audit.TableNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for the table name for a given table occurrence ID. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| Backdrop.Close Closes the backdrop window. | Mac only 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| Backdrop.Install Installs the backdrop window. | Mac only 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| Barcode.Detect Detects a barcode. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.DetectAsJSON Detects barcodes and returns JSON. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.DrawBarcode Draws a barcode into a PDF page. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.EANChecksum Calculates checksum for EAN barcodes. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.Generate Generates a barcode. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.GenerateJSON Generates a barcode. | All 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.GetInputMode Queries input mode. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.GetOption Queries option by index. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.GetPrimary Queries primary parameter. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.ISBNChecksum Calculates checksum for ISBN barcodes. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.LibVersion Queries version of Zint library. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.LoadLibrary Loads the zbar library. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.Loaded Whether the zbar library is loaded. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.Modulo10Checksum Calculate checksum with Modulo 10 recursive. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.Scan Scans for barcodes in a picture. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.SetInputMode Sets input mode. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.SetOption Sets option by index. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.SetOptions Sets options for barcode creation. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.SetPrimary Sets primary parameter. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.UPCChecksum Calculates checksum for UPC barcodes. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.Version Queries the version of the zxing library. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.WriteFile Generates a barcode and writes to file. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Barcode.ZBarVersion Queries version of zbar library. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.Append Opens a file to append data. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.Close Closes a file. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.Create Creates a new file. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.EOF Queries whether we are at the end of the current file. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.Length Queries length of current file. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.List Lists all IDs of binary file objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.Open Opens an existing file for reading. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.Position Queries current file position. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.ReadByte Reads a single byte from the file. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.ReadContainer Read some data and interpret them as container. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.ReadFloat Reads a float value. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.ReadHex Read data and returns as hex text. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.ReadInt Reads an integer value. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.ReadPDF Reads data as PDF. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.ReadText Reads text from file. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.Seek Moves file pointer to new position. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.WriteByte Writes a single byte value to the file. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.WriteContainer Writes a container value to the file. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.WriteFloat Writes a float value. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.WriteHex Writes hex encoded data. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.WriteInt Writes an integer value. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| BinaryFile.WriteText Writes a text file with the given text. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| Bonjour.Browse Starts browse for given type. | Mac/Win 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| Bonjour.JSON Query current results as JSON. | Mac/Win 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| Bonjour.Register Register a service. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| Bonjour.RegisteredName Queries registered name. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| CF Shorter version for FM.CF. | All 14.1 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.AllocateArray Allocates an array parameter. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.Call Calls a C function. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.FreeArray Free an array parameter. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.GetArray Queries values of an array. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.GetArrayByteSize Queries byte size of allocated array. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.GetTag Queries the tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.List Lists all IDs of function objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.Name Queries name of the function. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.ParameterCount Queries parameter count for function. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.ParameterType Queries parameter type for a parameter. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.Release Releases the function and all memory used for it. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.ReleaseAll Frees all functions. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.ReturnType Queries return type. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.SetArray Sets values of an array. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CFunction.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.ClearProperties Clears all properties. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.Count Queries number of images in this image source. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithData Creates an image source that reads from a container. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithPath Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a Path. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithURL Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a URL. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.Export Exports the image as container value. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.FileName Queries file name of the image. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.HasProperty Query whether the property exists. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.ImageAtIndex Returns the image associated with the specified index in an image source. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.Keys Queries the list of keys for all the properties in the image source. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.List Lists all IDs of image source objects. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.Properties Queries all properties as JSON. | Mac/iOS 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.Property Queries the value of a property. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.Release Closes image source and releases memory. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.ReleaseAll Frees all CGImageSource objects. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.SetProperty Sets the value for a property. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.Status Return the status of an image source. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.SupportedExportTypes Returns an array of uniform type identifiers (UTIs) that are supported for image destinations. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.SupportedTypes Returns an array of uniform type identifiers (UTIs) that are supported for image sources. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.ThumbnailAtIndex Creates a thumbnail image of the image located at a specified location in an image source. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CGImageSource.Type Queries the type of the image source. | Mac/iOS 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| CLGeocoder.Cancel Cancels a pending geocoding request. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.Cancelled Whether the request was cancelled. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.Close Closes a request and frees memory. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.Distance Returns the distance (in meters) of the two locations. | Mac/iOS 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.Done Queries whether the request is finished. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.Error Checks if this request got an error. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.ErrorMessage Queries the error message of the geo coder. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.GeocodeAddressString Submits a forward-geocoding request using the specified string. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.JSON Queries data of geo coder as JSON. | Mac/iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkCount Queries the number of placemarks found. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkValue Queries a value of the placemarks found. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLGeocoder.ReverseGeocodeLocation Submits a reverse-geocoding request for the specified location. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| CLibrary.GetTag Queries the tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| CLibrary.List Lists all IDs of library objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CLibrary.Load Loads a C library. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CLibrary.LoadFunction Loads a function from a library. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CLibrary.Name Queries name of the library. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CLibrary.Release Releases the library and all memory used for it. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CLibrary.ReleaseAll Frees all libraries. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| CLibrary.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| CLibrary.Symbols Queries list of symbols of a library. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CNContact.AddEmailAddress Adds an email address to a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.AddInstantMessage Adds an instant message account to a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.AddInstantMessageJSON Adds an instant message account to a contact with JSON. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.AddPhoneNumber Adds an phone number to a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.AddPostalAddress Adds an postal address to a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.AddPostalAddressJSON Adds an postal address to a contact with JSON. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.AddRelation Adds an relation to a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.AddSocialProfile Adds an social profile to a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.AddSocialProfileJSON Adds an social profile to a contact with JSON. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.AddURLAddress Adds an URL address to a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.DeleteValue Deletes a value of a contact. | Mac/iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.EditInAddressbook Launches Contacts application to edit this person. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.HasValue Checks whether a value is available in the loaded contact. | Mac/iOS 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.IsUnifiedWithContact Checks if the contact is unified based on other contact. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.JSON Queries contact as JSON. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.MailingAddress Queries mailing address for contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.Name Queries display name of contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.SetValue Sets the value of a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.Show Shows a contact as sheet. | Mac/iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.ShowInAddressbook Launches Contacts application to show this person. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.UnifiedContacts Queries which contacts an unified contact is based upon. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| CNContact.Value Queries the value of contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactPicker.Close Closes the picker. | Mac/iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactPicker.Current Queries the current contact. | Mac/iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactPicker.SetTrigger Sets the script trigger. | Mac/iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactPicker.Show Shows the contact picker to select a contact. | Mac/iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.AddContact Adds a new contact to the database. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.AddGroup Adds a new group. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.AddMember Add a new member to a group. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.AddSubgroup Adds a group to an existing group. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.AuthorizationError Queries error message. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.AuthorizationStatus Queries authorization status. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ChangeHistory Queries history changes in the contacts database. | Mac/iOS 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.Contacts Queries all contacts. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ContactsInContainer Queries list of contacts in a container. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ContactsInGroup Queries contacts in the group. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingEmailAddress Find the contacts whose email address matches the specified value. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingName Queries matching contacts for a name. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingPhoneNumber Find the contacts whose phone number matches the specified value. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingURL Find the contacts whose URL matches the specified value. | Mac/iOS 14.0 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ContactsWithData Creates contacts for vCard data. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ContainerForContact Queries container for a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.ContainerForGroup Queries container for a group. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.Containers Queries identifiers of all containers. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.Country Returns ISO code for users country. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.DataWithContacts Queries data for contacts. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.DefaultContainerIdentifier The identifier of the default container. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.DeleteContact Delete a contact from the contact store. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.DeleteGroup Deletes a group. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.FetchContact Fetches a fresh copy of this contact. | Mac/iOS 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.GetTransactionAuthor Queries the author of transactions. | Mac/iOS 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.GroupHierarchy Queries group hierarchy as JSON. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.Groups Queries list of all groups. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.GroupsByName Looks for groups with matching names. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.GroupsForContact Searches all groups for a given contact. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.GroupsInContainer Queries all groups in a given container. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.NewContact Creates new empty contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.RemoveMember Remove a member from a group. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.RemoveSubgroup Removes a subgroup from a group. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.RenameGroup Renames the group. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.RequestAccesss Request access to the user's contacts. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.SetChangeScript Sets the script to trigger on changes by other applications. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.SetTransactionAuthor Set the author of transactions. | Mac/iOS 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.Subgroups Queries subgroups of a group. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.UnifiedMeContact Queries ID of the your contact. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContactStore.UpdateContact Updates a contact. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContainer.Name The name of the container. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNContainer.Type Queries type of container. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CNGroup.Name Queries group name. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| CUPS.CancelJob Cancel a print job on the default server. | Mac only 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CUPS.GetDefaultPrinterName Get the default printer or class for the default server. | Mac only 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CUPS.GetJobsAsJSON Queries some jobs and returns JSON Array. | Mac only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| CUPS.GetPrintersAsJSON Queries list of printers as JSON. | Mac only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| CUPS.LastErrorCode Return the last IPP status code. | Mac only 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CUPS.LastErrorMessage Return the last status-message. | Mac only 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CUPS.PrintData Print a file to a printer or class on the default server. | Mac only 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CUPS.PrintDataEncoding Print a file to a printer or class on the default server. | Mac only 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| CUPS.PrintFile Print a file to a printer or class on the default server. | Mac only 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.AWSPresignURL Query presigned URL for Amazon Webservices. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.AddInputFile Adds input to file data from the container value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.AddInputGIF Adds input to GIF data from the container value. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.AddInputJPEG Adds input to JPEG data from the container value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.AddInputPDF Adds input to PDF data from the container value. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.AddInputPNG Adds input to PNG data from the container value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.AddInputText Adds input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.AvailableSSLBackends Queries the list of available SSL backends. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Cancel Cancels a running transfer in background. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Check Checks for curl events. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.CloseDebugFile Closes the debug output file. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.CloseHeaderFile Closes the header output file. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.CloseInputFile Closes the input file. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.CloseOutputFile Closes the data output file. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.CreateDebugOutputFile Creates output file for writing debug messages. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.CreateHeaderOutputFile Creates output file for writing header text. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.CreateOutputFile Creates output file for downloading data. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.ErrorCode Returns the last CURL error code. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.ErrorMessage Returns the last CURL error message. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Features Queries features in the CURL library. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FileInfos Queries file listing as JSON. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainer Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainerContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFile Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFileContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormAddKeyText Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormAddKeyTextContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValue Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValueContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormClear Clears current form data. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.FormFinish Finishes constructing a form. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetActiveSocket Receive the active socket used by this curl session. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetAppConnectTime Queries connect time. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFileName Queries current file name. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFilePath Queries current file path. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetBatchDestinationPath Queries destination path. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetBatchFileNames Queries list of file names downloaded. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetCAInfo Queries default CAInfo value. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetCAPath Queries default CAPath value. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetCertInfo Queries information on the certificate chain. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetConditionUnmet Get the number 1 if the condition provided in the previous request didn't match. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetConnectTime Queries connect time. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetContentLengthDownload Get the content-length of the download. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetContentLengthUpload Get the specified size of the upload. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetContentType Get the content-type of the downloaded object. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetCookieList Get list of all cookies cURL known (expired ones, too). | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetDebugLength Queries the current length in bytes of the debug messages buffer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetDebugMessages Returns the debug output of the transaction as text. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetDebugWithProgress Queries whether to include progress in debug messages. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetDebugWithTime Queries whether times are included in debug messages. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetEarlyDataSent Get the number of bytes sent as TLS early data. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetEffectiveMethod Get the last used effective HTTP method. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetEffectiveURL Get the last used effective URL. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetFTPEntryPath Get a string holding the path of the entry path. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetFailedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer failed. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetFailedFileName Queries the file name for the script to call in case of failed transfer. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetFailedScriptName Queries the script name for the script to call in case of failed transfer. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetFileTime Get the remote time of the retrieved document. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetFinishedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetFinishedFileName Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetFinishedScriptName Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetFormData Queries form data as it would be sent currently. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetHTTPAuthAvail Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetHTTPConnectCode Get the last received proxy response code to a CONNECT request. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetHTTPVersion Queries http version. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetHeaderAsJSON Returns headers parsed as JSON. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetHeaderLength Queries the current length in bytes of the header buffer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetHeaderSize Get the total size of all the headers received. Measured in number of bytes. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetHeaders Returns the headers of the transaction as text. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetInputAsText Returns the input of the transaction as text. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetInputLength Queries the current length in bytes of the input buffer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetLocalIP Queries local IP. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetLocalPort Get the local (source) port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMQTTFileName Queries script name set to run for incoming MQTT file name. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMQTTMessages Queries JSON array with messages. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMQTTScriptName Queries script name set to run for incoming MQTT script name. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Queries chunk length penalty size. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Queries content length penalty size. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConcurrentStreams Queries max connections per server. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConnects Queries max connects setting. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Queries max host connections value. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Queries max pipeline length. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Queries max total connections value. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionPipelining Queries pipelining mode. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiRunningTransfers Queries running transfers count. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiTransfersAdded New in 15.5 The cumulative number of all easy handles added to the multi, ever. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiTransfersCurrent New in 15.5 Returns the number of easy handles currently added to the multi handle. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiTransfersDone New in 15.5 The number of easy handles currently finished, but not yet removed. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiTransfersPending New in 15.5 The number of current easy handles waiting to start. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetMultiTransfersRunning New in 15.5 The number of easy handles currently running, e.g. where the transfer has started but not finished yet. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetNameLookupTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the name resolving was completed. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetNumConnects Queries new connections count for transfer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOSErrNo Get the errno variable from a connect failure. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionConnectTo Queries connect to list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionCustomRequest Queries current custom request value. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTP200Aliases Queries HTTP 200 aliases list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTPHeader Queries HTTP request headers. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionMailRecipients Queries mail recipients list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionPostFields Queries current post fields value. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionPostQuote Queries post quote list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionPreQuote Queries pre quote list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionProxyHeader Queries proxy header request list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionQuote Queries quote list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionResolve Queries resolve list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionTelnetOptions Queries telnet options list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionURL Queries current URL value. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetOptionUserName Queries current user name value. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetPreTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the file transfer is just about to begin. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetPrimaryIP Queries primary IP. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetPrimaryPort Get the destination port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentDownload Queries current number of bytes downloaded. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentUpload Queries current number of bytes uploaded. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProgressEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProgressFileName Queries progress script file name. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProgressPercent Queries progress in percent. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProgressScriptName Queries script name to be called for progress. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalDownload Queries total number of bytes to download. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalUpload Queries total number of bytes to upload. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProxyAuthAvail Queries available proxy authentication methods. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProxyError Queries proxy error code. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetProxySSLVerifyResult Queries result of proxy ssl verification. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetRTSPCSEQRecv Query RTSP sequence counter received. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetRTSPClientCSEQ Query RTSP Client sequence counter. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetRTSPServerCSEQ Query RTSP Server sequence counter. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetRTSPSessionID Query RTSP session ID. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetRedirectCount Get the total number of redirections that were actually followed. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetRedirectTime Queries redirect time. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetRedirectURL Queries redirect URL. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetReferer Queries referrer text. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetRequestSize Get the total size of the issued requests. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResponseCode Get the last received HTTP or FTP code. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsContainer Returns the result of the transaction as container value with auto detection of type. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsData Returns the result of the transaction as data file. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsEMailList Parses result of an IMAP list query. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsEmail Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as email. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsGIF Returns the result of the transaction as GIF image. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsJPEG Returns the result of the transaction as JPEG image. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsMime Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as mime data. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsPDF Returns the result of the transaction as PDF. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsPNG Returns the result of the transaction as PNG image. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultAsText Returns the result of the transaction as text. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetResultLength Queries the current length in bytes of the result buffer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetRetryAfter Returns the Retry-After retry delay. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetSSLEngines Get a linked-list of OpenSSL crypto-engines supported. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetSSLVerifyResult Get the result of the certification verification that was requested. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetScheme Queries scheme. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetSizeDownload Get the total amount of bytes that were downloaded. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetSizeUpload Get the total amount of bytes that were uploaded. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetSpeedDownload Get the average download speed that curl measured for the complete download. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetSpeedUpload Get the average upload speed that curl measured for the complete upload. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetStartTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the first byte is received by libcurl. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetSucceededEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer succeeded. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetSucceededFileName Queries the file name for the script to call in case of successful transfer. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetSucceededScriptName Queries the script name for the script to call in case of successful transfer. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetTag Queries the tag value. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.GetTotalTime Queries total time of transfer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Host Queries host value from compiling. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.IsRunning Checks whether a transfer is still running. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.LibIDNVersion Queried LibIDN version. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.LibSSHVersion Queries SSH library version. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.LibSSLVersion Returns SSL Library version. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.List Lists all IDs of current CURL transfers. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.LoadLibrary Loads a custom CURL library. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.NetworkChanged New in 15.5 Signal network changed. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.New Start a new CURL easy session. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.NumberOfRunningTransfers Queries number of running transfers. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.OpenInputFile Opens file for reading data needed for upload, email sending or HTTP Post. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Options Queries all CURL options set for this CURL handle. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Perform Perform a file transfer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.PerformAsync Perform a curl transfer asynchronously. | All 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| CURL.PerformInBackground Perform a file transfer in background. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.ProcessRelativeURL Processes an URL to come from relative URL to a new absolute URL. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Protocols Queries list of supported protocols. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.ReceiveData Receives raw data on a connection. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.ReceiveText Receives raw data on a connection as text. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Release End a CURL session. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.ReleaseAll Releases all CURL objects. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Reset Resets the CURL session. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.RunningTransfers Queries list of running transfers. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SendData Sends raw data over a connection. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SendText Sends raw data with text over a connection. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetBatchDestinationPath Sets the destination path for batch downloads. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetDebugWithProgress Sets whether to include progress in debug messages. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetDebugWithTime Sets whether times are included in debug log. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetFailedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer failed. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetFailedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer failed. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetFinishedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer is finished. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetFinishedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | All 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| CURL.SetInputFile Sets input to file data from the container value. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetInputGIF Sets input to GIF data from the container value. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetInputJPEG Sets input to JPEG data from the container value. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetInputPDF Sets input to PDF data from the container value. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetInputPNG Sets input to PNG data from the container value. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetInputText Sets input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetMQTTScript Sets script to run when we receive a MQTT message,. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Sets chunk length penalty size. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Sets content length penalty size. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConcurrentStreams Sets max connections per server. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConnects Sets max connects setting. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Sets max host connections value. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Sets max pipeline length. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Sets max total connections value. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionPipelining Sets pipelining mode. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionAWSSigV4 Provides AWS V4 signature authentication on HTTP(S) header. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionAbstractUnixSocket Sets path to an abstract Unix domain socket. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptEncoding Enables automatic decompression of HTTP downloads. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptTimeoutMS Sets time-out for accept. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionAddressScope Sets the IPv6 scope_id. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionAppend Whether to append file instead of overwriting it. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionAutoReferer Set whether to set automatically the referrer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionBufferSize Sets the buffer size. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCACacheTimeout Sets the life-time for cached certificate stores. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCAInfo Sets a path to find certificate file. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCAInfoBlob Sets CAInfo as blob value. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCAPath Sets the certificate directory. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLF Whether to convert newline characters. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLFile Sets the CRL file path. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCertInfo Whether to collect certificate information. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectOnly Connect only. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTimeoutMS Sets the connection timeout in milliseconds. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTo Sets the connect to list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectionTimeout Sets the connection timeout in seconds. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCookie Sets the cookie for the current http transfer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieFile Sets the cookie file location. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieJar Sets the cookie storage file. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieList Sets the cookie string. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieSession Set to 1 to mark this as a new cookie "session". | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionCustomRequest Sets a custom request. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSCacheTimeout Sets the DNS Cache Timeout in seconds. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSInterface Set the name of the network interface that the DNS resolver should bind to. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv4 Set the local IPv4 address that the resolver should bind to. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv6 Set the local IPv6 address that the resolver should bind to. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSServers Set the name servers to use for DNS resolution. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSShuffleAddresses Whether to shuffle DNS addresses. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDOHSSLVerifyHost Whether to verify the host name in the DOH (DNS-over-HTTPS) SSL certificate. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDOHSSLVerifyPeer Whether to verify the DOH SSL certificate. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDOHSSLVerifyStatus Whether to verify the DOH SSL certificate's status. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDOHURL Provides the DNS-over-HTTPS URL. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDefaultProtocol Set the protocol used when curl is given a URL without a protocol. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDirListOnly Whether to only query names in directory file listing. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionDisallowUserNameInURL Disallow specifying username/login in URL. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionExpect100TimeoutMS Sets Expect 100 timeout. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAccount Sets the FTP account name. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAlternativeToUser Whether to use alternative USER command. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPCreateMissingDirs Whether to create missing directories. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPFileMethod Which command to use for reaching a file. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPPort Sets the ports to use for FTP. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLAuth Sets which SSL Authentication to use. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLCCC If enabled, this option makes libcurl use CCC (Clear Command Channel). | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSkipPasvIP Whether to skip IP address for PASV. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPRT Whether to use EPRT command. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPSV Whether to use EPSV command. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUsePret Whether to use PRET command. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFailOnError Whether to fail on http errors. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFileOnlyMode Disables collecting data for Result functions. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFileTime Whether to query file time. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation Enables or disables following locations. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionForbidReuse Whether to disallow reusing connections. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionFreshConnect Sets whether to not reuse old connections. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionGSSAPIDelegation Allow GSSAPI credential delegation. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionGet Sets the transfer to be a HTTP Get. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHAProxyProtocol Whether to send an HAProxy PROXY protocol header. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTP200Aliases Sets list of aliases to be treated as valid HTTP 200 responses. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPAuth Defines which HTTP authentication methods are used. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPContentDecoding Sets how to act on content decoding. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPHeader Sets the http header list. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPProxyTunnel Set to 1 to make the library tunnel all operations through a given HTTP proxy. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPTransferDecoding Sets how to act on transfer decoding. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPVersion Sets which HTTP version is used. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHappyEyeballsTimeOutMS Sets the happy eyeballs timeout. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHeader Whether to include headers in output. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionHeaderOptions Pass in a bitmask of "header options". | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionIPResolve Allows an application to select what kind of IP addresses to use when resolving host names. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionIgnoreContentLength Whether to ignore the Content-Length header. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionInFileSize Sets the file input size. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionInterface This sets the interface name to use as outgoing network interface. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionIssuerCert Sets the file path for the CA certificate in PEM format. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionIssuerCertBlob Set issuer SSL certificate from memory blob. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionKRBLevel Sets the kerberos security level for FTP. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionKeepSendingOnError Sets whether to keep sending on error. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionKeyPassword Sets the password for the SSL or SSH private key. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPort This sets the local port number of the socket used for connection. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPortRange This is the number of attempts curl should make to find a working local port number. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionLoginOptions Sets login options string to use for the transfer. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedLimit Sets the minimum required speed. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedTime Sets how long a transfer is allowed to run with low speed. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMailAuth Sets the mail auth option. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMailFrom Sets the mail sender. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMailRecipients Sets the recipients list. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxAgeConn Sets the maximum connection age. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxConnects Sets the persistent connection cache size. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxFileSize Sets the maximum file size for download. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxLifeTimeConnection Sets maximum lifetime (since creation) allowed for reusing a connection. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRecvSpeed Sets the maximum download speed. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRedirs Sets the redirection limit. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxSendSpeed Sets the maximum sending speed. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionMimeOptions Set MIME option flags. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionNETRCFile Sets the full path to the netrc file. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionNetRC Sets netrc file preference. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionNewDirectoryPerms Sets the new directory permissions. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionNewFilePerms Sets the new file permissions. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionNoBody Whether to ignore the body of the download. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionNoProxy Sets which hosts don't use a proxy. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPassword Sets the password for this transfer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPathAsIs Set to pass path as it is and do not resolve dots. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPinnedPublicKey Set the public key in DER form used to validate the peer public key. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPipeWait Sets Wait/don't wait for pipe/mutex to clarify. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPort Sets the port number for the connection. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPost Sets transfer to be a HTTP Post. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPostFields Sets the post fields. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPostQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server after your FTP transfer request. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPostRedir Sets the redirect policy. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPreProxy Name of pre proxy to use. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionPreQuote Sets the list of FTP commands to pass to the server after the transfer type is set. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProtocolsString The protocols to allow. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxy Set HTTP proxy to use. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyAuth Sets which authentication methods are used. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAInfo The CApath or CAfile used to validate the proxy certificate. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAInfoBlob Sets CAInfo for proxy as blob value. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAPath Set the CApath directory used to validate the proxy certificate. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCRLFile Sets CRL file for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyHeader Set list of headers used for proxy requests only. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyIssuerCert Sets the proxy issuer SSL certificate filename. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyIssuerCertBlob Set proxy issuer SSL certificate from memory blob. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyKeyPassword Sets password for the SSL private key for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPassword The password to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPinnedPublicKey Sets pinned public key for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPort The proxy port to connect to unless it is specified in the proxy string with CURL.SetOptionProxy. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCert Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertBlob Sets private key for proxy cert from memory blob. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertType Sets type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCipherList Specify which SSL ciphers to use for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKey Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyBlob Set private key for proxy cert from memory blob. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyType Sets type of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyHost Enable SSL Host verification. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyPeer Set if we should verify the proxy in ssl handshake. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVersion Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyServiceName Sets Proxy Service Name. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use for proxy. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthPassword Set a password for authenticated TLS for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthType Set authentication type for authenticated TLS for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthUsername Set a username for authenticated TLS for proxy. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTransferMode Whether to pass transfer mode to proxy. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyType Sets the type of the proxy. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyUsername The user name to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionQuickExit Whether to allow to exit quickly. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server prior to your FTP request. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPClientCSEQ Manually initialize the client RTSP CSeq for this handle. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPRequest RTSP request method (OPTIONS, SETUP, PLAY, etc...) | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPServerCSEQ Manually initialize the server RTSP CSeq for this handle. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPSessionID The RTSP session identifier. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPStreamURI The RTSP stream URI. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPTransport The Transport: header to use in RTSP requests. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionRange Sets the range. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionRedirProtocolsString Sets the protocols allowed to redirect to. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionReferer Sets the referrer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionRequestTarget Set the request target, instead of extracted from the URL. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionResolve Sets resolve list. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionResumeFrom Sets the resume from offset. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSASLAuthZID Sets the authorisation identity (identity to act as). | All 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSASLIR Enable/disable SASL initial response. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHAuthTypes Sets the SSL authentication types. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHCompression Enable/disable SSH compression. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeyMD5 Sets MD5 hash for public key. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeySHA256 Sets the SHA256 hash of SSH server public key. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHKnownHosts Sets the file path of the known_host file to use. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPrivateKeyfile Sets the file path for your private key. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPublicKeyfile Sets the file path for the public key file. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCert Sets the file path for the certificate. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCertBlob Set SSL client certificate from memory blob. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCertType Sets the format of the certificate. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCipherList Sets the list of ciphers to use for the SSL connection. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEnableALPN Enable/disable TLS ALPN extension. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKey Sets the file path for the private key. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyBlob Set private key for client cert from memory blob. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyType Sets the format of the private key. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLSessionIDCache Controls SSL session-ID caching. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLSignatureAlgorithms Sets the TLS supported signature algorithms. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyHost Sets whether to verify host. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyPeer Whether to verify the peer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyStatus Set if we should verify the certificate status. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVersion Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionServerResponseTimeout Sets the timeout for FTP responses. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionServiceName Sets Service Name. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5Auth Sets allowed authentication methods for SOCKS 5 proxies | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPINec Sets how to run the protection mode negotiation. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDepends Sets stream dependency on another CURL session. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDependsE Sets exclusive stream dependency on another CURL session. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamWeight Set stream weight, 1 - 256. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionSuppressConnectHeaders Suppress proxy CONNECT response headers from header data. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPFastOpen Set TCP Fast Open. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepAlive Enable TCP keep-alive probing. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepCount Maximum number of TCP keep-alive probes. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepIdle Set TCP keep-alive idle time wait. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepInterval Set TCP keep-alive interval. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPNoDelay Sets the TCP delay option. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPBlockSize Specify block size to use for TFTP data transmission. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPNoOptions Sets to whether not send any tftp option requests to the server. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthPassword Sets the TSL authentication password. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthType Sets the TLS authentication type. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthUsername Sets the TSL authentication user name. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTelnetOptions Sets a list of telnet options. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeCondition Sets the time | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeOut Sets the maximum time in seconds that you allow the transfer operation to take. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeValue Sets the time value. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeoutMS Sets the transfer timeout in milliseconds. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferEncoding Ask for HTTP Transfer Encoding. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferText Whether to use ASCII mode for FTP transfer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionURL Sets the actual URL to deal with. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionUnixSocketPath Set path to Unix domain socket. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionUnrestrictedAuth Controls whether authentication is reused. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionUpkeepIntervalMS Connection upkeep interval. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionUpload Sets this transfer to be an upload. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionUploadBufferSize Set preferred upload buffer size. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionUploadFlags Which flags to send the server relating to uploaded files. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionUseSSL Sets whether to use SSL for next transfers. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionUserAgent The user agent text string. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionUserName Sets the user name string for the transfer. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionVerbose Whether to store log messages. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionWebSocketOptions Sets WebSocket behaviour options. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionWildCardMatch Enable wildcard matching. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetOptionXOAuth2Bearer The XOAUTH2 bearer token. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetProgressEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetProgressScript Sets the progress script. | All 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| CURL.SetSSLBackend Sets which backend to use for SSL connections. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetSucceededEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer succeeded. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetSucceededScript Sets which script to call when a transfer succeeded. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetUpdateProgressDialog Sets whether progress dialog should be automatically updated. | All 2.5 |
❌ Server |
| CURL.SetupAWS Setup CURL to transfer to Amazon Webservices. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.SetupOAuth Setups an OAuth signed transfer. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Upkeep Perform any connection upkeep checks. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.UseSystemCertificates Read certificate from system and installs them in CURL session,. | Mac/Win 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.Version Queries curl version string. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.WebSocketReceive Receive WebSocket data. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CURL.WebSocketSend Send the specific message fragment over an established WebSocket connection. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| ClearErrors Clears error counter. | All 12.2 |
✅ Server |
| ClearRegistration Clears registration details stored with StoreRegistration. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Clipboard.AddText Adds text to the clipboard. | Mac only 13.2 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.Clear Clears the clipboard content. | Mac/Win/iOS 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.DetectFileMakerDataType Checks which type of data is in the XML. | Mac/Win 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetData Queries data from clipboard item. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetFileMakerData Queries the xml text of a FileMaker layout/script object. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetFiles Queries file paths on the clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetHTMLText Queries styled text from clipboard as HTML. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.0 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetPDF Queries PDF in the clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 12.2 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetPicture Queries a picture from clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetRTFText Queries styled text from clipboard as RTF. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetStyledText Queries styled text from clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetText Queries clipboard content as text. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.GetTypes Queries the list of data types on the clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.SetFileMakerData Puts the xml text on the clipboard for a FileMaker layout/script object. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.SetFiles Puts a list of file paths on the clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.SetHTMLText Puts HTML data on the clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.0 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.SetPDF Puts PDF in the clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 12.2 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.SetPicture Sets clipboard picture. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.SetRTFText Puts RTF data on the clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.SetStyledText Put styled text on the clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Clipboard.SetText Sets the text on the clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.Choose Shows color chooser. | Win only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.GetAlpha Queries alpha component of current color. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.GetColor Queries current color. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.GetColorChangedEvaluate Queries expression. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.GetColorChangedScript Queries script to run when color changed. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.GetColorName Queries catalog name for current color. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.GetVisible Queries visible state. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.Hide Hides color panel. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.SetAlpha Sets alpha part of the color. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.SetColor Sets color. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.SetColorChangedEvaluate Sets expression to run when color changed. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.SetColorChangedScript Sets script to trigger if color changed. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.SetVisible Shows or hides the panel. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| ColorPanel.Show Shows color panel. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| CompileDate Returns the date the plug-in was compiled. | All 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| CompileTime The time of day that the plug-in was compiled. | All 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| Container.Compress Compresses a container value. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.DecodeFromBase64 Decodes data from base64 text into a container value. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.DecodeFromHex Decodes data from hex text into a container value. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Container.Decompress Decompresses a container value. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.Deserialize Restores a serialized container value. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Container.Export Writes selected data content from a container to a file path. | All 1.6 |
✅ Server |
| Container.ExtractStream Extracts a single frame and returns as new container value. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetBase64 Returns the base 64 encoded value of the container. | All 1.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetCount Counts the number of types in a container field. | All 1.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetDataURL Returns the complete Data url for an image stored in a container field. | All 1.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetHeight Returns the Height of the image in pixels. | All 1.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetHex Returns the hex encoded value of the container. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetMimeType New in 15.5 Returns the mime type for an image stored in a container field. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetName Queries the path list from a container. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetResolution Queries the DPI settings stored in a container. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetSize Returns the size of the container. | All 1.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetText Returns the text value of the container data. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetTotalSize Returns the size of the whole container in bytes. | All 1.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetType Returns the type at the given index (zero based). | All 1.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetTypeSize Returns the size of the indicated object type in container field. | All 1.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetTypes Returns the list of objects in the container field. | All 1.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.GetWidth Returns the Width of the image in pixels. | All 1.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.IdentifyData Checks file type from the data. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Container.IsCompressed Queries whether container is compressed. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Container.ReadArchive Reads an archived container. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.ReadImage Reads and convert image. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.ReadImageFile Reads and convert image file. | Mac/Win/iOS 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| Container.Remove Removes a stream from container value. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.RemovePreview Removes the preview from a container value. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Container.Rename Renames the file path in a container value. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Container.RenameStream Renames a stream in a container. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Container.Screenshot Takes screenshot from a named control in FileMaker. | Mac/Win 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| Container.Serialize Serialized a container as a text. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Container.WriteArchive Writes an archive with container value. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| Container.WriteFile Writes a file with the given container. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.CanImport Checks whether we can import. | Mac only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.Clear Clears current result. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.GetEnabled Queries whether this is enabled. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.HasPopupMenu Checks whether we can show a popup menu. | Mac only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.Import Asks iPhone camera to import a document or photo. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.Initialize Initializes continuity camera. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.PopupMenu Shows the import from device popup menu. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.Result Queries result. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.SetEnabled Enables or disables continuity camera. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| ContinuityCamera.SetScriptTrigger Sets the script to trigger. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| CoreImage.Detect Detects core image features. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreLocation.ClearFailHandler Clears the script called for errors. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.ClearUpdateLocationHandler Clears the script called for new location. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.RegionMonitoringAvailable Whether region monitoring is supported on the current device. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.RegionMonitoringEnabled Whether region monitoring is currently enabled. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.SetFailEvaluate Sets the expression evaluated when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.SetFailHandler Sets the script called when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationEvaluate Sets the expression evaluated when a new location has been detected. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationHandler Sets the script called when a new location has been detected. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.altitude The altitude measured in meters. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.authorizationStatus Returns the app’s authorization status for using location services. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.course Returns the direction in which the device is traveling. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.description Returns the location data in a formatted text string. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.desiredAccuracy The desired accuracy of the location data. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.dismissHeadingCalibrationDisplay Dismisses the heading calibration view from the screen immediately. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.distanceFilter Queries distance filter setting. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.distanceFromLocation Returns the distance (in meters) from the receiver's location to the specified location. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.hasLocation Queries whether we have a location. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.headingAvailable Whether heading is available. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.horizontalAccuracy The radius of uncertainty for the location, measured in meters. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.latitude Returns the geographical coordinate information. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.locationServicesEnabled Returns a Boolean value indicating whether location services are enabled on the device. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.longitude Returns the geographical coordinate information. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.purpose An application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.requestAlwaysAuthorization Requests permission to use location services whenever the app is running. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.requestLocation Requests the one-time delivery of the user’s current location. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.requestTemporaryFullAccuracyAuthorization Asks for temporary access. | Mac/iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.requestWhenInUseAuthorization Requests permission to use location services while the app is in the foreground. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.setDesiredAccuracy Sets the desired accuracy of the location data. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.setDistanceFilter Sets distance filter. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.setPurpose Sets the application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.significantLocationChangeMonitoringAvailable Returns a Boolean value indicating whether significant location change tracking is available. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.speed The instantaneous speed of the device in meters per second. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.startMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges Starts the generation of updates based on significant location changes. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.startUpdatingHeading Starts the generation of updates that report the user’s current heading. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.startUpdatingLocation Starts the generation of updates that report the user's current location. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.stopMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges Stops the delivery of location events based on significant location changes. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.stopUpdatingHeading Stops the generation of heading updates. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.stopUpdatingLocation Stops the generation of location updates. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.timestamp Returns the time at which this location was determined. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreLocation.verticalAccuracy Returns the accuracy of the altitude value in meters. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| CoreML.Add2DArrayParameter Adds a 2D array parameter. | Mac/iOS 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.AddArrayParameter Adds an array parameter. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.AddDoubleParameter Adds a double parameter. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.AddImageParameter Adds an image parameter. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.AddIntegerParameter Adds an integer parameter. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.AddTextParameter Adds a text parameter. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.AddUndefinedParameter Adds an undefined parameter. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.Available Whether CoreML is available. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.Clear Clears all parameters. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.CompileModel Compiles a model file. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.Description Queries the description of the model. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.GetUsesCPUOnly Queries whether to use CPU only. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.List Lists all IDs of CoreML objects. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.OpenModel Opens a compiled model file. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.PredictionFromFeatures Runs model with set parameters. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.Release Releases a model. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.ReleaseAll Releases all models. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.ResultImage Queries result image. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.SetUsesCPUOnly Sets whether to use CPU only. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| CoreML.Update Updates a model. | Mac/iOS 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.Address Queries the address. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.Alias Queries the alias. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.AliasCount Queries number of aliases. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.JSON Queries JSON for the DNS result. | All 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.List Lists all IDs of DNSLookup objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByAddress Queries the domain name for an IP. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByName Queries the IP for domain. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.Name Queries the name found. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.Release Releases a DNS Lookup reference. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DNSLookup.ReleaseAll Releases all DNS Lookup references. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| Debugger.BringToFront Brings the debugger window to front. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| Debugger.CurrentLineNumber Queries current line number. | Mac only 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| Debugger.GetCallStack Queries current call stack from debugger panel. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| Debugger.IsDataViewerVisible Checks whether the data viewer is open. | Mac only 11.2 |
❌ Server |
| Debugger.IsVisible Checks whether debugger is visible. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| Debugger.Title Queries title of debugger panel. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| Debugger.Window Queries window ID for the debugger. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.AddField Adds a field for the dialog. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.ClearFields Clears all fields. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.CloseSheet Closes a sheet if there is one running. | Mac only 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetAlternateButton Queries the title for the alternate button. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetButton Queries button text. | Mac/Win 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetButtonPressed Queries index of selected button. | Mac/Win 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetButtons Queries which buttons are shown. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetDefaultButton Queries the title for the default button. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetFieldText Queries field text. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetIcon Returns the icon displayed in the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetInformativeText Returns the receiver's informative text. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetKeyEquivalent Queries the key equivalent for a button. | Mac only 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetLastResult Provides the last result from the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetLeft Queries left position. | Mac/Win 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetMessage Queries the message text for the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetMode Queries the dialog style. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetOtherButton Queries the title for the other button. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetSheetEvaluate Queries notification evaluation expression. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetSheetFileName Queries notification script's file name. | Mac only 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetSheetRunning Queries if there is a sheet visible currently. | Mac only 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetSheetScriptName Queries notification script name. | Mac only 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetShowsSuppressionButton Indicates whether the receiver shows a suppression button. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetSuppressionButtonTitle Queries the text for the suppression checkbox. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetSuppressionState Queries the suppression state after you showed the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetTextAlignment Queries whether to change text alignment for dialog. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetTimeout Queries the timeout for dialogs in seconds. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetTop Queries top position. | Mac/Win 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title for the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.Reset Resets all dialog options. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.Run Runs the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.RunSheet Runs dialog as sheet. | Mac only 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetAlternateButton Sets the title for the alternate button. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetButton Sets button text. | Mac/Win 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetButtons Sets which buttons to show. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetDefaultButton Sets the title for the default button. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetFieldText Sets the text for a field. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetIcon Sets the icon to be displayed in the alert to a given icon. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetInformativeText Sets the receiver's informative text to a given text. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetKeyEquivalent Sets the key equivalent for a button. | Mac only 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetLeft Sets the left position of the dialog. | Mac/Win 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetMessage Sets the message text for the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetMode Sets the dialog style. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetOtherButton Sets the title for the other button. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetSheetEvaluate Defines expression for the notification evaluation. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetSheetFileName Defines file name for the notification script. | Mac only 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetSheetScriptName Defines script name for the notification script. | Mac only 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetShowsSuppressionButton Specifies whether the receiver includes a suppression checkbox. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetSuppressionButtonTitle Sets the text for the suppression checkbox. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetTextAlignment Sets whether to change text alignment for dialog. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetTimeout Sets a timeout for the dialog in seconds. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetTop Sets the top position of the dialog. | Mac/Win 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| Dialog.SetWindowTitle Sets the window title for the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| DialogModifications.Clear Clears the internal replacements list. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| DialogModifications.Install Installs feature which can rename dialog elements in FileMaker. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| DialogModifications.List Lists the current set dialog modifications as JSON. | Mac/iOS 12.2 |
❌ Server |
| DialogModifications.Set Adds an entry to the replacements list. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| DialogModifications.Uninstall Uninstalls the feature. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Dictionary.AddDictionary Adds entries from other dictionary to current one. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.AddSQL Adds values to a dictionary via SQL. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecord Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecords Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Clear Clears the dictionary content. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Clone Creates a copy of the dictionary. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Count Returns number of keys in the dictionary. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Create Creates a new dictionary. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.CreateNamed Creates a new dictionary with desired key. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Deserialize Restores a serialized dictionary. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.FromJSON Creates dictionary from JSON. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.GetTag Queries the tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.HasKey Checks if the given key exists in dictionary. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.HasKeys Checks if the given keys exist in dictionary. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.KeyAtIndex Returns key with given index. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Keys Returns list with all keys. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.KeysWithPostfix Returns list with all keys matching postfix. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.KeysWithPrefix Returns list with all keys matching prefix. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.List Returns list of all dictionary IDs. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Lookup Looks up value for the key. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Release Releases dictionary and all memory used. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.ReleaseAll Releases all dictionaries. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.RemoveKey Removes value with given key. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Serialize Serialized a dictionary as a text. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.SetList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a list. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.SetQuickList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a quick list. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.SetValueForKey Stores value for given key. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.SetVariables Creates variables with given keys and values from dictionary. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.ToJSON Returns JSON representation of dictionary for data exchange. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.ToMatrix Converts dictionary to a matrix. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.ToText Returns text representation of dictionary for data exchange. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.ToXML Returns XML representation of dictionary for data exchange. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.ValueForKey Queries value for the key. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.ValueTypeForKey Queries data type of the value for the key. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Dictionary.Values Returns list with all values as text. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.AddDirectory Adds a directory to watch. | Win only 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.ChangeCount Queries the change count. | Win only 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.Create Creates a new directory watcher. | Win only 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.GetEvaluate Queries the expression to evaluate. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.GetFileName Returns the file name for the watcher. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.GetScriptName Returns the script name for the watcher. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.NextChange Queries next change in queue. | Win only 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.Release Releases directory watcher. | Win only 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.ReleaseAll Releases all directory watchers. | Win only 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.SetFileName Sets the file name for watcher. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.SetScriptName Sets the script name for watcher. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| DirectoryWatcher.TotalChangeCount Queries the total number of changes seen. | Win only 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.Clear Clears last scan. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.Close Closes the scan dialog. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.ErrorMessage Queries error message. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.Initialize Initializes the document camera scan functions. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.IsInitialized Checks whether initialization is done. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.PageCount Queries page count. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.PageImage Queries a page as image. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.Scan Show the dialog to scan. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.SetScript Sets the script to trigger when scan is done. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.Supported Checks whether scan is supported. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.Title Queries the title of the scanned document. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentCameraScan.Visible Whether dialog is visible. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.Export Shows dialog to export files. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.File Queries native file path for a file. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.FileCount Queries file count. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.Files Queries list of native file paths. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.Import Shows dialog to import files. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.IsVisible Queries whether dialog is visible. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.Move Shows dialog to move files. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.Open Shows dialog to open files. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DocumentPicker.SetTrigger Sets trigger for document trigger. | iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.AttachToOverlay Attaches a new drop area to the overlay. | Mac/Win 14.3 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.AttachToWindow Attaches a new drop area to the window. | Mac/Win 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.ClearDragActionHandler Clears the name for the drag action handler. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.ClearDragEnterHandler Clears the name for the drag enter handler. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.ClearDragExitHandler Clears the name for the drag exit handler. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.CreateWithControl Creates a new drop area on the given window covering the area of the given control. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.CreateWithSize Creates a new drop area inside the window with the given rectangle. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | Mac only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetEmailAccount Returns account name of the specified email message. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetEmailCount Returns number of emails received from Apple Mail app. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetEmailID Returns subject of the specified email message. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetEmailMailbox Returns mailbox name of the specified email message. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetEmailSubject Returns subject of the specified email message. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetFileDescriptor Queries file descriptor. | Win only 8.1 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetFileDescriptorCount Queries number of file descriptors. | Win only 8.1 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetFilePathsToDrag Queries list of files to drag. | Mac/Win 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetHTML Queries styled text from drag as HTML. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetHeight Queries current height of drop area. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetLeft Queries current position of the drop area. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetMouseX Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetMouseY Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetPath Queries the native path of a file drop. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetPathCount Returns the number of file paths. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetPathList Queries the list of file paths. | Mac/Win 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetPicture Queries picture from drag and drop action. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetRTF Queries styled text from clipboard as RTF. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetSVG Queries SVG data. | Mac/Win 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetTag Queries the tag string for this dropview. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetText Queries text from the drop. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetTypes Queries list of types. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetURL Queries URL from the drop. | Mac only 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetWidth Queries current width of the drop area. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.GetWindowRef Queries the window where this drop view is located. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.List Queries list of all currently active drop areas. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.RegisterDropTypes Defines what file types should be accepted for drag and drop for this window. | Mac only 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.Release Releases the drop area and reclaims memory. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all drop areas. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | Mac only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetCursor Sets the cursor mode. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetDragActionHandler Sets the drag action handler. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetDragEnterHandler Sets the drag enter handler. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetDragExitHandler Sets the drag exit handler. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetDragImage Sets the image to use for dragging. | Mac/Win 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetFilePathsToDrag Sets file path list for drag. | Mac/Win 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the drop area. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetFrameWithControl Repositions drop area to given control. | Mac/Win 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetImage Sets the image to be shown in the drop area. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetTag Sets the tag string for this drop view. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.SetVisible Hides or shows the drop area. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| DragDrop.UnregisterDropTypes Unregisteres all drag types for the specified drop area. | Mac only 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| DynaPDF.ActivateAltFontList Activates or deactivates an alternate font list that was created by DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddActionToObj Adds an action to a PDF object. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddAnnotToPage Adds an annotation to a page. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmark Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmarkEx Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddButtonImage Add/Set a form field button image. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddButtonImageEx2 Add/Set a form field button image. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddContinueText Prints a single text line and moves the text cursor to the next line. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddDPartNode Creates a DPart Node. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNProcessColorants Adds DeviceN process colorants. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNSeparations Adds DeviceN separations. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddFieldToFormAction Adds a field to a form action. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddFontSearchPath Adds a search path to the list of available font search paths. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddJavaScript Adds a global JavaScript to the PDF file. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntent Represents the destination color space for which a PDF file was created. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntentEx Adds an ICC profile to the PDF file like AddOutputIntent but accepts a file as a container. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AddValToChoiceField Adds a value to a choice field. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AllowPageBreak Defines how to handle page breaks. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePage Adds new page to the PDF with given image. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePages Adds new pages to the PDF with given image paths. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AppendPage This function appends an empty page to the document. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ApplyShading Applies a shading. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AssociateEmbFile Associates an embedded file with a PDF object. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AttachFile Attaches a file to the document. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileContainer Attaches a data from container to the document. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileText Attaches a file to the document. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.BeginContinueText This function prepares the output of multiple text lines with DynaPDF.AddContinueText. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.BeginLayer The function opens a layer in the current open page or template. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.BeginPattern This function creates a new tiling pattern. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.BeginTemplate The function creates a template and opens it so that arbitrary contents can be drawn into it. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Bezier123 Draws a bezier path. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Bezier13 This function paints a Bézier curve with one control point. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Bezier23 The third supported Bézier curve type paints also a curve with one control point. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CMYK Calculates color value for CMYK. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotName Changes or deletes the optional unique name of an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotPos Changes the position and size of an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeBookmark Changes an existing bookmark. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFont This function changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter FontHandle. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontEx Changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter Handle. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontSize This function changes the font size of the current font. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle This function changes the style of the current font. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyleEx The function changes the font style of a font like DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle but it accepts also font styles like 2 (bold) or 1 (italic). | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeJavaScript Replaces a global JavaScript with a new one. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeJavaScriptAction Replaces the script of a JavaScript action with a new one. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeJavaScriptName Changes the name of a global JavaScript. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeLinkAnnot Changes the link of a file link or web link annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeNamedDest Changes the name of a named destination. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeOCGName Changes the name of an Optional Content Group (OCG). | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ChangeSeparationColor Changes the color of a separation color space. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CheckConformance Converts a PDF file to a specific PDF standard according to the parameter Type. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CheckEmbeddedFileCheckSum Checks the checksum for an embedded file. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CheckFieldNames Checks all currently defined interactive form fields for invalid duplicate field names. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CircleAnnot Draws a circle annotation on the current open page. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Clear Starts a new PDF in memory or at the given path. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ClearLicense Clear the license key. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ClipPath This function marks the current path as clipping path. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CloseImportFile Closes the current import PDF. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ClosePath Closes current path. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CloseTag Closes the current open tag | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ConvToFreeTextCallout Converts a regular FreeText annotation to a FreeTextCallout annotation. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ConvertColors Converts colors to gray. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ConvertStyledText Converts styled text to formatted text. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList Creates an alternate font list, that can be filled with data by DynaPDF.SetAltFonts(). | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateAnnotAP Creates a user defined appearance stream for an annotation. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateAxialShading Creates an axial sharing. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateButton Creates a push button. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateCheckBox This function creates a check box. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateComboBox Creates a combo box. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateDPartRoot Creates the DPartRoot dictionary. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateDeviceNColorSpace Creates a DeviceN color space. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateExtGState Creates an extended graphics state object from the structure GS. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateGeospatialMeasure Creates a geospatial measure dictionary. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToAction Creates a go-to action. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToActionEx Creates a go-to action which uses a named destination to open the target page. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToEAction Creates an embedded GoTo action. | All 14.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToRAction Creates a go-to-remote action. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateGoToRActionEx Creates a go-to-remote action. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateGroupField Creates a group field. A group field is a simple array of fields which can be used to separate fields into several groups. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateICCBasedColorSpace Creates an ICC-based color space. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateICCBasedColorSpaceContainer Creates an ICC-based color space based on a container. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateJSAction Creates a JavaScript action. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateListBox This function creates a list box. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateNamedDest The function creates a named destination that can be accessed from external PDF files. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateOCG Creates an Optional Content Group (OCG) also called layer. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateRadialShading Creates radial sharing. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateRadioButton Creates a radio button field. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateResetAction Creates a reset action. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateSeparationCS Creates a Separation color space. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigField Creates an empty signature field which can be used to digitally sign the PDF file. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigFieldAP Creates a signature appearance template in the exact size of the base signature field. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateStructureTree Creates a global structure tree that is required to create Tagged PDF files. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateStructureTreeEx Creates the global structure tree as described at CreateStructureTree. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateSubmitAction Creates a submit action. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateTextField This function creates a text field. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateURIAction Creates an URI Action. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CreateXFAStream Creates an XFA stream and adds it to the global XFA resource array. | All 9.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.CustomerID Queries the customer id from the license set. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAcroForm The function deletes a maybe existing Interactive Form. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteActionFromObjEx This function deletes an action from a PDF object. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAltFontList Deletes an alternate font list that was created by DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAnnotation Deletes an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteBookmark Deletes a bookmark. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteDPartNode The deletes a dpart node. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteEmbeddedFile The function deletes an embedded file. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteField This function deletes an interactive form field. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteFieldEx Deletes a field by name. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteJavaScripts Deletes all global JavaScripts. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteNamedDest Deletes a named destination or all. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteOutputIntent Can be used to delete a specific or all output intents. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeletePage Deletes a given page in the current working PDF. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeletePageLabels Deletes all page labels contained in the current open document, if any. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteSeparationInfo Deletes the separation of the current open page. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplate Deletes a template. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplateEx Deletes a template by using an index instead of a template handle. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteWatermark Delete a watermark template. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DeleteXFAForm Deletes a maybe existing XFA form (XML based form) if any. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DrawArc This function draws an arc by using a start and end angle. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DrawArcEx This function draws an elliptical arc. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DrawChord This function draws an elliptical chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DrawCircle This function draws a circle. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DrawNGon Draws a n-gon. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.DrawPie The function draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two angles. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.EditPage This function prepares a page for editing. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate Prepares a template for editing. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate2 Opens a template for editing. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Ellipse Draws an ellipse. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.EnableEncryption Enables encryption for next save command. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.EnableImageCache Creates an image cache that is used when rendering PDF pages. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.EndLayer Closes a layer that was opened by DynaPDF.BeginLayer. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.EndPage This function closes an open page that was opened by AppendPage or EditPage. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.EndPattern Closes an open pattern. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.EndTemplate This function closes an open template. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ExchangeBookmarks This function exchanges two bookmarks. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ExchangePages The function exchanges two pages. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ExtractDocumentText Extracts the text of all pages. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ExtractText Extracts the text of the page PageNum. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnot Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnotEx Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FileLink Creates a file link annotation. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FindBookmark Searches for a bookmark in the document outline tree. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FindEmbeddedFile Searches for the embedded file Name and returns the handle of it when it can be found. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FindField This function searches for an interactive form field by using the fully qualified field name. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FindLinkAnnot Searches for a file link or web link annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FindNextBookmark Searches the next bookmark. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FindPattern Searches for a text. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FindText Searches a text and returns position details. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FlattenAnnotOrField Draws an annotation or form field on the current open page. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FlattenAnnots Flatten annotations. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FlattenForm Flatten forms. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FlushPages The function writes the pages in memory to the PDF file. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FlushPagesEx Writes the pages in memory to the PDF file exactly like DynaPDF.FlushPages. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FontInfo Retrieves the most important properties of a font. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.FreeTextAnnot Creates a Free Text annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GeneratePreview Adds a preview picture to a PDF container. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetActionCount Returns the number of actions contained in a document. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetActionsAsJSON Queries all action as JSON array. | All 14.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotColor Retrieves the color of an annotation. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotCount Returns the number of annotations currently used in the document. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotFlags Returns the default flags used for newly created annotations. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotLink Returns the URL or file path of a file link annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotTextAlign Returns the text alignment of an annotation. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotType Returns the type of a specific annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotation Queries details about an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotationAsJSON Queries one annotation as JSON object. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotationsAsJSON Queries all annotations as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetAscent Returns the ascender of the active font. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetBBox Queries bound box values of current page. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetBidiMode Returns the current bidirectional mode as number. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmark Returns the properties of a bookmark. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmarkCount Returns the number of bookmarks defined in the document. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmarksAsJSON Queries all bookmarks as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetBorderStyle Returns the global border style which is used for newly created Interactive Form fields. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetCMapCount Returns the number of available CMap files. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetCharacterSpacing Returns the current character spacing. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxChar Returns the character used for newly created check boxes. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxCharEx Returns character index of the font ZapfDingbats that is used to display the on state of the check box. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxDefState Returns the default state of a check box. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpace The function returns the active color space. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceAsJSON Queries one color space as JSON object. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceCount Returns the number of color space objects which are used in the current document. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceInfo Queries details on a colorspace. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpacesAsJSON Queries all color spaces as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionFilter The function returns the standard compression filter for images. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionLevel Returns the active compression level. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetContent Queries content stream of the currently open page or template. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetDefaultBarcodeParameters Queries default barcode parameters. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetDescent Returns the descender of the active font. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from current PDF. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfoAsJSON Queries all document information as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfoCount Returns the number of document info entries defined in the document. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetDocUsesTransparency Checks whether this document uses transparency. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetDrawDirection The function returns the actual draw direction for closed vector graphics such as rectangles, circles, ellipses and so on. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetDynaPDFVersion Returns the version string of DynaPDF library. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFile Retrieves the details of an embedded file. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsContainer Returns an embedded file as a container. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsJSON Queries one embedded file as JSON object. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileCount Returns the number of embedded files available in the PDF file. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFilesAsJSON Queries all embedded files as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeight The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeightEx The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetField Returns the most important properties of a field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldAsJSON Queries one form fields as JSON object. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBackColor The function returns the default background color used for newly created interactive form fields. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderColor Returns the default border color used for newly created interactive form fields. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderStyle Returns the border style of a specific form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderWidth Returns the line width of the border of a field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldChoiceValue Retrieves a choice value of a combo or list box. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldColor Retrieves a specific color of an interactive form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldCount The function returns the number of fields contained in the document. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValCount The function returns the number of values/export values which are defined for a field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValue Retrieves the export value(s) of a check box, list box, or combo box. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValueEx Enumerates the choice values of a combo box, list box, or radio button. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldFlags Returns the flags of a specific interactive form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldGroupType Returns the base type of a field group. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldHighlightMode Returns the highlight mode of buttons, checkboxes, and signature fields. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldIndex Returns the page index or tab order of the field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldMapName Retrieves the mapping name of a specific form field if set. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldName Retrieves the name of a specific interactive form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldOrientation Returns the orientation of a field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextAlign The function returns the text alignment of a text field or button field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextColor Returns the default text color used for newly created fields. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldToolTip Retrieves a pointer to the tool tip string of a specific interactive form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldType Returns the field type. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldsAsJSON Queries all form fields as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFontAsJSON Queries one font within the PDF as JSON object. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFontCount Returns the number of fonts which are used in the document. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFontOrigin Returns the current font origin. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFontSelMode Returns the current font selection mode. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFontSize Queries the font size of the active font. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFontWeight Returns the weight that will be used to emulate a bold font style. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFontsAsJSON Queries all fonts within the PDF as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetFullyQualifiedFieldName Returns the fully qualified name of a field. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetGStateFlags Returns the current graphics state flags. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetGlyphIndex Returns the glyph index of the given code page or Unicode index. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetGlyphOutline Returns the outline of a glyph of the active font. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImage Queries image properties or content. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImageContainerCount Queries number of images in an image container. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImageCount Queries number of images in PDF. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImageFileCount The function returns the number of images contained in a multi-page image. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from import PDF. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfoAsJSON Queries all document information from import file as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags The function returns the current import flags used to import PDF files. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags2 Queries the import flags. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImportOrientation Queries orientation for input page. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPDFVersion The function returns the minor PDF version number of an external PDF file. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageBounds Queries page size for an import PDF page. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageCount Queries number of pages in the current opened import PDF. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInDocInfoCount Queries number of document info in import file. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInEncryptionInfo Retrieves encryption settings of the currently active import file. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInFieldCount Returns the number of top level fields included in the currently opened import file. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsCollection Whether the currently opened import file is a portable collection. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsEncrypted Whether the currently opened import file is encrypted. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsSigned Whether a PDF file contains a digital signature. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsTaggedPDF Whether the currently open import file is a Tagged PDF file. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsTrapped Queries value of the Trapped key in the current open import file. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsXFAForm Queries whether the current open import file contains an XFA form. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInMetadata Queries input PDF metadata. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInPDFVersionEx Retrieves the version information of the currently open import file. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInPrintSettings Retrieves the print settings of the current open import file. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetInRepairMode Queries whether the current open import file was opened in repair or normal mode. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetIsFixedPitch Queries whether the active font is a fixed pitch font or 0 if the font is a variable pitch font. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetIsTaggingEnabled Queries whether tagging is enabled. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetJPEGQuality Queries the JPEG compression quality. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScript Returns a global JavaScript as string. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptAction Returns the script of a JavaScript Action as string. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptCount Returns the number of global JavaScripts contained in a document. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptName Returns the name of a global JavaScript. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLanguage Returns the language identifier of the document as an ISO 3166 language tag or IANA tag, or "" if not set. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLastErrorMessage The function returns the last error message as text or empty text if no error occurred. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextOffset Returns current text offset for WriteFText. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosX Return the horizontal end position of the last drawn text. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosXAbs The function returns the x coordinate of the last printed text. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosY Return the vertical end position of the last drawn text. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosYAbs The function returns the y coordinate of the last printed text. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLeading The function returns the current leading. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLineWidth Queries the line width. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLinkHighlightMode Returns the current highlight mode used for newly created annotations. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLogMetafileSize Queries bounding rectangle from EMF file. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetLogMetafileSizeEx Queries bounding rectangle from EMF file inside container. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetMetaConvFlags Queries meta file conversion flags. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetMetadata Queries metadata from PDF. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetNeedAppearance Returns true if the global NeedAppearance flag of the AcroForm is set. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetOCG Returns properties for layer. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetOCGContUsage Queries properties of a layer. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetOCGCount Returns the number of OCGs or layers which are available in document. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetOCGUsageUserName Returns the layer name. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetOpacity Returns the opacity value used to draw the visible appearance of an annotation (requires Acrobat 5 or higher). | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetOrientation Queries orientation of current page. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntent Returns an output intent as well as the properties of it. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntentCount Returns the number of available output intents. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPDFVersion The function returns the version of the output PDF file. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPDFVersionEx Retrieves the major and minor version of the PDF document as well as the underlying PDF standard, if any. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotCount Returns the number of annotations which are used by a page. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotation Queries details about an annotation on current open page. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageBBox Queries page size for a PDF page. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageBreakExpression Queries current page break expression. | All 11.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCoords Queries the current coordinate system. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCount Queries number of pages in the current PDF. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageField Returns the most important properties of a field on a page. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageFieldAnnotation Returns the most important properties of an annotation field on a page. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageFieldCount Returns the number of fields used by a page. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageHeight The function returns the height of the currently open page. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabel Retrieves the properties of a page label. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabelCount Returns the number of page labels defined in the document. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLayout The function returns the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageMode The function returns the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageNum Returns the page number of the currently open page. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPageWidth The function returns the width of the currently open page. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetPrintSettings Retrieves the currently defined print settings of the document. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfile Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfileData Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfilesCounter Queries counter for ReplaceICCProfile callback. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetResolution Queries the resolution for images. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetSaveNewImageFormat Queries the SaveNewImageFormat properties. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetSpaceWidthFactor Queries the space width factor. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTabLen Queries tab length. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplCount Returns the number of templates used by a page. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplHeight Returns the height of a template. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplWidth Returns the width of a template. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTextBBox Calculates the exact bounding box of a text string. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTextDrawMode Queries text draw mode. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldDefaultValue The function returns the default value of a text field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldValue The function returns the value of a text field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTextRise Queries the current text rise used to output text. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTextScaling Queries the current value of horizontal text scaling. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTextWidth Computes the width of a text string. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTransparentColor Returns the transparent color value that is used for newly inserted images. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetTrapped Returns the trapped key of the document. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetUseExactPwd Queries if exact password is needed to unlock PDF. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetUseGlobalImpFiles Queries if global import files are used. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetUseStdFonts Queries whether the 14 standard fonts are enabled. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetUseSystemFonts Queries whether system fonts are used. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetUseTransparency The property specifies whether images should get a transparent background. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetUseVisibleCoords Queries whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate the position of an object. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetUserRights Queries user rights. | All 9.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetUserUnit The function returns the user unit of the current open page. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetUsesTransparency Checks whether a page or the entire document uses transparency. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetViewerPreferences Queries viewer preferences. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetWMFDefExtent Retrieves the default size which is used to convert non-portable WMF files to EMF. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetWMFPixelPerInch Returns the default pixels per inch of the y-axis which are used to convert portable WMF files to EMF. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetWordSpacing Returns the current word spacing. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStream Returns an XFA stream. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStreamCount Returns the number of available XFA streams. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.HaveDPartRoot Checks whether the PDF file in memory contains a DPartRoot dictionary. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenDocument Whether we have a working document. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenPage Checks whether a page is open. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.HavePro Queries whether this is a Pro license. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.HighlightAnnot Creates a Highlight annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.HighlightPattern Searches a text and adds highlights for it. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ImportEncryptionSettings Imports the encryption settings from the currently open import file. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFFile Imports all pages from a file. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFPage Imports a page from the import PDF and appends it to the current working PDF. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ImportPageAsTemplate Imports a page and creates a template which you can place on new PDF pages. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagement Enables color management for render functions. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagementEx Initializes color management. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Initialize Initializes the DynaPDF functions in the MBS Plugin. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.InsertBarcode Inserts a barcode to the current open page. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmark Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmarkEx Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.InsertImage The function inserts an image from a container. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.InsertImageFile The function inserts an image from a file. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.InsertMetafile Inserts metafile as vector graphics. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.InsertMetafileEx Inserts metafile as vector graphics. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.IsColorPage Checks whether a page is a color page or if all graphic elements of the page use black & white only. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.IsEmptyPage Checks whether a page is empty. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.IsInitialized Checks if DynaPDF library has been initialized. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Lab Calculates color value for LAB. | All 11.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.LineAnnot Creates a line annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.LineTo The function draws a path from the current position up to the specified point. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.List Lists all IDs of current DynaPDF contexts. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.LockLayer Adds a layer to the list of locked layers. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.MarkTemplateAsWatermark Marks template as watermark. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.MovePage The function moves a page to another position in the document. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.MoveTo The function moves the current position to the point specified by PosX, PosY. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.New Creates a new DynaPDF instance. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFile The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFileEncrypted The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromContainer Opens a PDF for importing from a container. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromFile Opens a PDF for importing from a file. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.OpenTag Opens the specified tag so that contents can be written into it. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.OpenTagEx Opens a new tag. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Optimize Optimizes PDF. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.PageLink Adds a page link to the current open page. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.PageLinkEx Adds a page link to the current open page. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.PageStatistics Queries the page statistics. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ParseContent Runs the content parser. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.ChangeAltFont Changes alternative font to use. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.Create Creates the parser object. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.DeleteAllImages Delete all images. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.DeleteImage Deletes one image from the page. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.DeleteText Deletes text in the area. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.ExtractText Extracts text from parser. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.FindText Finds text using the parser. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.Line Queries the index of the found line. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.ListImages Lists all images on the page. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.ParsePage Parses a page. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.ReplaceSelText Replaces text on the page. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.Reset Resets the parser. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.SelectionBBox Computes the bounding box of the current selection. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.SelectionText Retrieves the text and text length of the current selection or found text. | All 14.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.SetAltFont Sets the alternative font. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.TextMatrix Text matrix pre-calculated in user space. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Parser.WriteToPage Writes changes back to the page. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.PlaceSigFieldValidateIcon Places the validation icon within a signature field to the wished position. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplate The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplateEx The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Print Prints the PDF file that is currently in memory. | Win only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Print.FormNames Queries list of form names. | Win only 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Print.GetDevMode Queries device mode. | Win only 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| DynaPDF.Print.GetDevNames Queries device names. | Win only 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| DynaPDF.Print.GetSetting Queries a printer setting. | Win only 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Print.SetDevMode Sets device mode. | Win only 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| DynaPDF.Print.SetDevNames Sets device names. | Win only 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| DynaPDF.Print.SetSetting Sets a print setting. | Win only 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RGB Calculates color value for RGB. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageFormat The function retrieves the most important properties of an image file. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageFormatFile The function retrieves the most important properties of an image file. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageResolution The function retrieves the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image file. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageResolutionFile The function retrieves the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image file. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Rectangle This function draws a rectangle. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Release Releases a PDF reference. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ReleaseAll Frees all DynaPDF objects. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RenameSpotColor Renames a spot color. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RenderJob Renders PDF pages in the background. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFile Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFileEx Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RenderPage Renders a page in current PDF to an image. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ReplaceImage Replaces an image with another image. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ReplacePattern Replaces a text with a new text. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ResetAnnotAP Forces a rebuild of the appearance stream of the specified annotation. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ResetEncryptionSettings Resets the encryption settings which were imported from an external PDF file so that the PDF file in memory can be saved unencrypted. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RestoreGraphicState The function restores a previously saved graphics state. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RotateCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RotateTemplate Rotates a template. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RoundRect The function draws a rectangle with rounded corners. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.RoundRectEx The function draws a rectangle with elliptical corners. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Save Saves the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFile Saves and signs the current PDF. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileExt Saves and signs the current PDF. | All 11.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileExt1 Saves and signs the current PDF. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileExt2 Step 2 to save and sign a PDF manually. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileWinCrypt Saves and signs the current PDF with dialog to pick certificate. | Win only 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFileWinCryptDialog Saves and signs the current PDF. | Win only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| DynaPDF.SaveGraphicState The function saves the current graphics state. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ScaleCoords The function scales the coordinate system by applying a transformation matrix. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetActiveSigField Sets the signature field that should be signed. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAlpha Sets alpha for drawings. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAltFonts Fills an alternate font list created by DynaPDF.CreateAltFontList with data. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderStyle Sets or changes the border style of an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width of an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotColor Sets or changes the color of an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlags Sets the default flags used for new annotations. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlagsEx Sets or changes the flags of an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotHighlightMode Sets or changes the highlight mode of a link annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotIcon Sets or changes the icon of a text annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotLineEndStyle Sets or changes the line end styles of a Line or PolyLine Annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpacity Changes the opacity of a markup annotation. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpenState Sets the open state of a markup or PopUp annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotString Sets, changes, or deletes a string of an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotSubject Sets or changes the optional subject string of an annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetBBox Sets a specific bounding box of the current open PDF page. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetBidiMode Sets or changes the bidirectional mode. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkDest Sets or changes the destination of a bookmark. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkStyle Sets the bookmark style. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetBorderStyle Set the global border style which is used for newly created form fields. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetCMapDir The function sets a search path from which external CMap files can be loaded. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetCharacterSpacing Sets the current character spacing. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxChar Sets the character which should be used for newly created check boxes. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxDefState Changes the default state of a check box. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxState Changes the state of a check box. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetColorSpace The function activates a device color space in the graphics state. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionFilter The function sets the compression filter which is used to compress images. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionLevel Sets the current compression level. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetContent Replaces the content stream of the currently open page or template with a new one. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetDateTimeFormat Sets field to use date format. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetDocInfo The function sets or changes a document info entry. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetDocInfoEx Sets a document information. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetDrawDirection The function sets the draw direction of closed vector graphics such as rectangles, ellipses, triangles and so on. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetExtColorSpace Activates an extended color space in the graphics state. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetExtFillColorSpace Activates an extended color space for fillings in the graphics state. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetExtGState Activates an extended graphics state. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetExtStrokeColorSpace Activates an extended color space for strokes in the graphics state. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBBox Changes the bounding box of a field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBackColor Sets field background color. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderColor Sets the border color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderStyle Changes the border style of a specific Interactive Form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderWidth Changes the border width of a field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldColor Sets a specific color of an interactive form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of a field. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValue Changes the choice values of a combo or list box, or to change the state and export value of check box. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValueEx Marks a choice value of a combo or list box as selected or unselected. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFlags The function sets the flags of a specific interactive form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFont Sets or changes the font of a form field. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontEx Sets or replaces the font of a field. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontSize The function changes the font size of a specific field. A value of 0.0 is used as auto size. The optimal font size is then calculated by DynaPDF. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldHighlightMode Changes the highlight mode of a specific field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldIndex Sets the tab order of interactive form fields. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldMapName Sets or changes the mapping name of a field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldName Changes the name of an interactive form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldOrientation The function sets or changes the orientation of a field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextAlign The function set or changes the text alignment of a text or button field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextColor The function sets the text color which is used for newly created interactive form fields. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldToolTip The function set or changes the tool tip or description string of an interactive form field. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFillColor The function sets the current fill color as an array of float values. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFillColorValue The function sets the current fill color. | All 11.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFloatPrecision The function changes the output precision of text and vector coordinates. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFont The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFontEx Loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFontOrigin Sets the current font origin that is used to position text strings. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSearchOrder Changes the font search order. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSelMode Changes the font selection mode. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetFontWeight Changes the font weight. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetGStateFlags Sets optional flags affecting the graphics state, coordinate handling, as well as color and image conversion rules. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags The function sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags2 Sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetJPEGQuality Sets the quality of JPEG compressed images in percent if JPEG compression is used. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetLanguage Specifies the language of the document. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetLeading Sets text leading. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetLineAnnotPoints Changes the start and or end point of a line annotation. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetLineJoinStyle Sets a new line join. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetLineWidth The function sets the line width used to stroke paths. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetLinkHighlightMode Sets the highlight mode that is used by link annotations. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetMetaConvFlags Sets the metadata conversion flag. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetMetadata The function sets or replaces the XMP metadata stream of a specific object. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetNeedAppearance Sets need appearance flag. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetNumberFormat Limits textfield to only accept numbers. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetOCGState Changes the visibility state of an OCG or layer. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetOpacity Sets the opacity value which is used to render the appearance of a text annotation. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientation Changes the orientation of the page. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientationEx Changes the orientation of the page. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPDFVersion Sets the PDF version. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPageBBox Sets or changes the bounding box of a page. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPageBreakExpression Sets page break expression. | All 11.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPageCoords Sets the coordinate system origin. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPageFormat The function sets a predefined page or paper format. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPageHeight Sets page height. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPageLayout The function sets the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPageMode The function sets the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPageWidth Sets page width. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetPrintSettings Adds preferred print settings to the PDF file. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetRenderingIntent Set function sets the rendering intent of an image. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfile Sets the replace ICC profile path. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfileData Sets the replace ICC profile data. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetResolution Sets the image resolution. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetSaveNewImageFormat Whether to recompress images. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetSeparationInfo Sets the separation info of the current open page. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetSpaceWidthFactor Sets space width factor. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetStrokeColor The function sets the current stroke color as an list of values. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetStrokeColorValue The function sets the current stroke color. | All 11.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTabLen Sets tab length. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTemplBBox Sets or changes a bounding box of a template. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTextDrawMode Sets text draw mode. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValue The function sets or changes the value and default value of a text field. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValueEx The function changes or sets the value of a text field. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRect The function defines the output rectangle that is used to output formatted text by the function DynaPDF.WriteFText. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRise Sets the text rise. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTextScaling Sets scaling for text. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor Sets the transparent color which is used for newly inserted images. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetTrapped Sets the trapped key of the document. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetUseExactPwd Whether to require exact passwords. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetUseGlobalImpFiles Sets whether to use global import file. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetUseStdFonts The function can be used to disable the 14 standard fonts temporarily. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetUseSystemFonts The property specifies whether the system fonts should be automatically loaded. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetUseTransparency Whether to use transparency color. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetUseVisibleCoords Whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate to position of an object. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetUserUnit The function sets the user unit of the current open page. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetViewerPreferences Sets viewer preferences. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetWMFDefExtent Sets the default pixels per inch of the y-axis which are used to convert portable WMF files to EMF. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetWMFPixelPerInch Sets the default pixels per inch of the y-axis which are used to convert portable WMF files to EMF. | Win only 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetWordSpacing Sets the word spacing. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SetXFAStream Replaces the contents of an XFA stream with new contents. | All 9.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.ShowDifferences Shows differences on two PDF pages by adding highlight annotations. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SkewCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SquareAnnot Draws a square annotation on the current open page. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.StampAnnot Creates a stamp annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.StrokePath The function strokes the current path without closing it. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SysFontInfo Returns the most important properties of a system font. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.SysFontInfoAsJSON Queries all system fonts as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddColumn Adds a column on the left or right side of the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRow Adds a new row to the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRows Adds new rows to the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearColumn Deletes the content in the specified column in all rows. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearContent Deletes the specified object types from the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearRow The function deletes the content in the specified row. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.Create Creates a new table object. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteCol Deletes a column from the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRow Deletes a row from the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRows Deletes all rows from the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.Draw Draws the table on the specified position. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetFirstRow Queries first row drawn. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeight Calculates the height of the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeightRow Calculates the height of the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextRow Queries next row to be drawn. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumCols Queries number of columns in table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumRows Queries number of rows in table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetPDF Returns the reference to the PDF. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableHeight Returns the full height of the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableWidth Returns the width of the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.HaveMore Checks whether all rows where drawn. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.List Lists all IDs of table objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.Release Releases the PDF table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBoxProperty Sets or changes the border width, cell spacing, or cell padding. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellAction Adds an action to a cell. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImage Inserts an image horizontally and vertically aligned as specified. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImageEx Inserts an image from container. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellOrientation Sets the cell orientation. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellPadding Sets or changes the cell padding. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellSpacing Sets or changes the cell spacing. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellStyledText Inserts the specified styled text into the cell. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTable Inserts a sub table into the specified cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTemplate Inserts a template into the specified cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellText Inserts the specified text into the cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColWidth The function changes the width of a column. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColor Sets or changes the specified color as well as the corresponding device color space. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColorFloat Sets or changes the specified color and color space. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFlags The function sets various flags. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFont Sets the font that is used to output text. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSelMode The function sets or changes the font selection mode. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSize Sets or changes the font size. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetGridWidth Sets the grid width. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetPDF Changes the PDF instance that is associated with the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRGBColor Sets RGB color. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRowHeight Changes the row height. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetTableWidth Changes the width of the table. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.TestGlyphs Checks whether all glyphs of the text are available in the current font. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.TestPassword Test the given password against the owner one. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.TextAnnot Creates a text annotation. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.TranslateCoords The function translates the coordinate system to the new origin OriginX, OriginY. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Triangle The function draws a triangle. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.UnLockLayer Removes a layer from the list of locked layers. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.Uninitialize Uninitializes DynaPDF library. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WatermarkAnnot Creates a Watermark annotation. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WebLink Inserts a web link onto the current open page. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WriteDemoText Writes a demo text like the DynaPDF demo watermark. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WriteFText Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextEx Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextExRotated Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledText Writes styled text on current page. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextEx Writes styled text on current page. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextExRotated Writes styled text on current page. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| DynaPDF.WriteText Writes text on current page. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.BuiltInCurves Queries built in curves. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.BuiltInCurvesJSON Queries built in curves. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.CanSign Indicates if an ECKey can be used for signing. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.CurveNameToID Queries the name for the curve ID. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.Description Returns an user readable description text for the current key. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.Duplicate Creates a copy of the key. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.ES256Sign Signs the given data with ES256. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.ES256Verify Verifies the digital signature with ES256. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.Generate Generates a new pair of private and public keys. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.List Lists all IDs of key objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.PrivateKey Queries the private key. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.PublicKey Queries the public key. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.ReadPrivateKey Reads a private key from text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.ReadPublicKey Reads a public key from text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.Release Releases the key. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.ReleaseAll Frees all Key objects. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.Sign Signs the given data. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.Size Queries the size of the key in bytes. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.Valid Verifies that a private and/or public key is valid. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| ECKey.Verify Verifies the digital signature. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| EIDSDK.Address Queries address field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.BeginTransaction Begins a transaction. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.CardDeliveryMunicipality Queries municipality field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.CardNumber Queries card number field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.CardValidFrom Queries card valid from field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.CardValidTo Queries card valid to field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.ChipNumber Queries chip number field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.Close Closes device. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.DateOfBirth Queries date of birth field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.DocTypeInt Queries document type field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.Duplicate Queries duplicate field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.EndTransaction Ends a transaction. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.FirstName Queries first name field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.Initialize Initializes the SDK. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.LastName Queries last name field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.MemberOfFamily Queries memory of family field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.Municipality Queries municipality field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.NatNumber Queries national number field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.Nationality Queries nationality field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.NobleCondition Queries noble condition field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.Open Opens device. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.PhotoDigest Queries photo digest field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.Picture Queries picture. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.PlaceOfBirth Queries place of birth field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.PostalCode Queries postal code field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.SDKReleaseDate Queries SDK release date. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.SDKVersion Queries SDK version. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.SetTrigger Sets the script trigger to notify on events. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.Sex Queries sex field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.SpecialOrganisation Queries special organization field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.SpecialStatus Queries special status field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.StartScan Starts scan for devices. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.StopScan Stops scan for devices. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.SupportsPinPad Whether pin pad is supported. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.ThirdName Queries third name field. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| EIDSDK.Version Queries version for card. | iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| Email.Verify Verifies if an email is valid. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.Address Queries an address value. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.AttachedEmails Queries email IDs for embedded emails. | All 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.Attachment Queries an attachment property. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.HTMLText Queries html text of email. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.HTMLToPlainText Converts HTML to plain text. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.HasHeader Checks if header exists. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.Hash Returns a SHA512 hash for the email source parsed. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.Header Queries a header entry. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.HeaderCount Queries number of header entries. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.HeaderValue Queries header value by header name. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.Inline Queries an inline graphics property. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.InlineCount Queries number of inline images. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.List Lists all email parser reference numbers. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.MessageID Queries the message ID of the email. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.Parse Parses an email. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.ParseContainer Parses an email stored in container. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.ParseFile Parses an email from a file. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.PlainText Queries plain text of email. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.ProcessImageReferences Processes image references in HTML. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.ReceiveDate Queries the date and time of the email. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.Release Frees the email parser. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.ReleaseAll Releases all emails. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.SentDate Queries the date and time of the email. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.Source Returns the source of the email as we parsed it. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.SourceWithoutAttachments Returns the source of the email without attachments. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.Subject Queries the subject line of the email. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.WriteAttachment Writes an attachment to a file path. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| EmailParser.WriteInline Writes an inline graphics to a file path. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Encryption.Cipher Encrypts or decrypts of a value. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Encryption.CipherNames Queries list of all ciphers. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| Encryption.DigestNames Queries list of all digest algorithms. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| Encryption.ProviderNames Queries list of providers. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| EnvironmentVariables.ClearValue Clears a variable by removing it from the environment. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| EnvironmentVariables.Count Queries number of environment variables. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| EnvironmentVariables.Name Queries name of environment variable with given index. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| EnvironmentVariables.Names Queries list of environment variable names. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| EnvironmentVariables.SetValue Sets an environment variable. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| EnvironmentVariables.Value Queries value of an environment variable. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| ErrorLog Queries error log. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| EventMonitor.Clear Clears last event captured. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| EventMonitor.ClearCardWindow Clears trigger for card window. | Mac/Win 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| EventMonitor.GetEnabled Queries whether event monitor is enabled. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| EventMonitor.Install Installs event monitor. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| EventMonitor.LastMouseClickButton Queries the index of the last pressed mouse button. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| EventMonitor.LastMouseClickIsDoubleClick Queries if last recognized mouse click is a double click. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| EventMonitor.LastMousePositionX Queries last mouse position. | Mac/Win 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| EventMonitor.LastMousePositionY Queries last mouse position. | Mac/Win 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| EventMonitor.SetCardWindow Sets script trigger for clicks outside card. | Mac/Win 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| EventMonitor.SetEnabled Enables or disables event monitor. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.Copy Creates a copy of the alarm. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.GetAbsoluteDate Represents an alarm that fires at a specific date. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.GetEmailAddress Query the email for this alarm. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.GetProximity Queries proximity. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.GetRelativeOffset Queries the relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.GetSound Queries the sound to play. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.GetStructuredLocation Queries the location for the event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.GetURL Queries the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.SetAbsoluteDate Sets an alarm that fires at a specific date. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.SetEmailAddress Sets the email for this alarm. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.SetProximity Sets the proximity for this alarm. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.SetRelativeOffset Sets a relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.SetSound Sets the sound to play. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.SetStructuredLocation Sets the location for the event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.SetURL Sets the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.TriggerDateRelativeTo Calculates the next alarm time. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Alarm.Type Queries the type of alarm. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.AuthorizationStatusForEntityType Returns the authorization status for the given entity type. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.AllowsContentModifications Represents whether you can this add, remove, or modify items in this calendar. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.CalendarIdentifier A unique identifier for the calendar. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.Duplicate Creates a copy of the calendar. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.GetColor Returns the calendar color. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.GetSource Query the source ID for this calendar. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.GetTitle Gets the title of the calendar | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.GetType Queries type of calendar. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.Immutable Queries whether calendar is immutable. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.SetColor Sets the calendar color. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.SetSource Sets the source for a new calendar. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.SetTitle Sets the title of the calendar. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.Subscribed Whether this is a subscribed calendar. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.allowedEntityTypes Returns the entity types this calendar can contain. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendar.supportedEventAvailabilities Returns list of supported event availabilities. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.CalendarCount Queries number of calendars. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.CalendarItemsWithExternalIdentifier Finds matching events for external identifier. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Calendars Returns calendars that support a given entity type. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.ClearNotification Clears the script trigger for changes. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Commit Commits pending changes to the database. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.CompletedReminders Fetch completed reminders in a set of calendars. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.DelegateSources Returns an unordered list of sources for all available delegates. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.BirthdayContactIdentifier The contact identifier of the person for this birthday event. | Mac/iOS 12.0 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.EventIdentifier Queries event long identifier for a short event identifier. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.GetAllDay Query whether this is an all day event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.GetAvailability Queries availability. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.GetEndDate Queries the end date for the event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.GetStartDate Queries the start date for the event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.GetStructuredLocation Queries structured location. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.IsDetached Represents whether this event is detached from a recurring series. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.OccurrenceDate The occurrence date of an event if it is part of a recurring series. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.Refresh Refreshes an event object to ensure it's still valid. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.SetAllDay Sets the all day flag for an event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.SetAvailability Sets availability. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.SetEndDate Sets the end date for the event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.SetStartDate Sets the start date for the event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.SetStructuredLocation Sets the structured location. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.Status Queries status of event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.compareStartDateWithEvent Comparison function. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Event.organizer The organizer of this event, or empty. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.EventStoreIdentifier Returns a unique identifier string representing this calendar store. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Events Queries events in a given time range. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.IncompleteReminders Fetch incompleted reminders in a set of calendars. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Initialize Initializes EventKit and opens event store. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.AddAlarm Adds an alarm. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.AddRecurrenceRule Adds a recurrence rule. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.Alarms Queries list of alarm references. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.Attendees Queries list of attendee reference list. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemExternalIdentifier A server-provided identifier for this calendar item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemIdentifier Returns a unique identifier for a calendar item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.Duplicate Creates a copy of the item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.GetCalendar Queries the calendar for this item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.GetLocation Queries the location text. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.GetNotes Queries the notes text. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.GetTimeZone Queries timezone. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.GetTitle Queries title of the item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.GetURL Queries the URL for this item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.HasAlarms Whether this event has alarms. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.HasAttendees Whether this event has attendees. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.HasNotes Whether this event has notes. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.HasRecurrenceRules Whether this event has recurrence rules. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.RecurrenceRules Queries list of recurrence rules reference list. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.RemoveAlarm Removes an alarm from the item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.RemoveRecurrenceRule Removes a recurrence rule. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.SetCalendar Sets the calendar for the event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.SetLocation Sets the location for this event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.SetNotes Sets the notes text for the calendar item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.SetTimeZone Sets time zone for this item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.SetTitle Sets the item title. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.SetURL Sets the URL for the calendar item. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.creationDate Queries creation date. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Item.lastModifiedDate Queries last modification date. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.NewAlarm Creates a new alarm. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.NewAlarmWithAbsoluteDate Creates a new alarm with an absolute trigger time. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.NewAlarmWithRelativeOffset Creates a new alarm with a relative trigger time. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.NewCalendar Creates a new calendar that may contain the given entity type. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.NewEvent Creates a new event. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.NewReminder Creates a new reminder. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Object.HasChanges Checks if there are changes. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Object.IsNew Returns 1 if this object has never been saved, else 0. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Object.Refresh Refreshes values for this object. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Object.Reset Resets the object. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Object.Rollback Discards any changes. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Participant.GetName Queries name of participant. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Participant.GetStatus Queries participant status. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Participant.IsCurrentUser Whether this is current user. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Participant.Name Name of this participant. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Participant.Person Returns the addressbook person reference that represents this participant. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Participant.Role The role of the attendee. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Participant.Status The status of the attendee. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Participant.Type The type of the attendee. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Participant.URL URL representing this participant. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.Copy Creates a copy of the day of week object. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.DayOfTheWeek The day of the week. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.NewWithDayOfWeek Creates a object with a day of the week. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.WeekNumber The week number. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.Copy Creates a copy of a recurrence end. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.EndDate Queries end date. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithEndDate Creates a recurrence end with a specific end date. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithOccurrenceCount Creates a recurrence end with a maximum occurrence count. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.OccurrenceCount Queries count. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.CalendarIdentifier Calendar used by this recurrence rule. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Copy Creates a copy of the recurrence rule. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheMonth Queries days of the month. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheWeek Queries days of the week. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheYear Queries days of the year. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Description Returns short description text for debugging. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.FirstDayOfTheWeek Queries first day of week number. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Frequency Queries frequency. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.GetRecurrenceEnd Queries recurrence end. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Interval Queries interval. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.MonthsOfTheYear Queries months of the year. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.NewWithFrequency Creates a new recurrence rule. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetPositions Queries the set positions. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetRecurrenceEnd Sets the recurrence end. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.WeeksOfTheYear Queries weeks of the year. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RefreshSourcesIfNecessary Cause a sync to potentially occur taking into account the necessity of it. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompleted Whether or not the reminder is completed. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompletionDate Queries the date on which this reminder was completed. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.GetDueDate Queries due date. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.GetDueTimestamp Queries due date as time stamp. | Mac/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.GetPriority Queries the priority of the reminder. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.GetStartDate Queries start date. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.GetStartTimestamp Queries start date as timestamp. | Mac/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompleted Whether or not the reminder is completed. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompletionDate Sets the date on which this reminder was completed. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDate The date by which this reminder should be completed. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDateComponents The date by which this reminder should be completed. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.SetPriority Sets the priority of the reminder. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDate Sets the start date of the task. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDateComponents Sets the start date of the task, as date components. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reminders Fetch all reminders in a set of calendars. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RemoveCalendar Removes a calendar from the database. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RemoveEvent Removes an event from the calendar store. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RemoveReminder Removes a reminder from the event store. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RequestAccessToEntityType Requests access for the entity type. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RequestFullAccessToEvents Prompts people to grant or deny read and write access to event data. | Mac/iOS 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RequestFullAccessToReminders Prompts people to grant or deny read and write access to reminders. | Mac/iOS 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Events.RequestWriteOnlyAccessToEvents Prompts the person using your app to grant or deny write access to event data. | Mac/iOS 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Reset Resets the event store. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.SaveCalendar Saves changes to a calendar, or adds a new calendar to the database. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.SaveEvent Saves changes to an event permanently. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.SaveReminder Saves changes to a reminder. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.SelectEvent Selects an event via ID. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.SetNotification Installs a notification script. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.SetNotificationEvaluate Installs a notification evaluation. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Source.Calendars Queries calendars inside the given source. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Source.Title Queries title of the source. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Source.Type Queries type of the source. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.SourceWithType Returns the first source matching the type. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.Sources Returns an unordered list of source IDs. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Copy Creates a copy of the structured location. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetGeoLocation Queries the geo location. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetRadius Queries radius. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.StructuredLocation.NewLocationWithTitle Creates a new location. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetGeoLocation Sets the geo coordinates for this location. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetRadius Sets the radius. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Title Queries the title of this location. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewEvents Returns the calendar that events should be added to by default. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewReminders Returns the calendar that reminders should be added to by default. | Mac/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| FM.AddErrorMessage New in 15.5 Adds a custom error to the error list used by the plugin. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.AllowFileDragDrop Installs fix for file drag and drop problem. | Mac only 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| FM.Argument Query an argument passed to FileMaker from command line. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ArgumentCount Queries number of arguments. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.Beep Beeps. | Mac/Win 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.CF Calls a custom function given the name with FileMaker values. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.CF.Parameter Queries function parameter. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.CompareTables Compare two tables. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.CurrentLayoutID Queries ID of current running FileMaker layout. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.CurrentLayoutName Queries name of current layout. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.CurrentScriptID Queries ID of current running FileMaker script. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.CurrentScriptName Queries name of current script. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.CurrentThreadID Queries current thread ID. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.CustomFunctionsList Queries result from custom functions list. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| FM.DataType Returns data type of argument. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.DataViewerContent Looks for data viewer and copies visible table content. | Mac only 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| FM.DeleteRecord Deletes an existing record in a table in one line. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.DeleteRecords Deletes existing records in a table in one line. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.DisableMouseWheel Disables use of mouse wheel on Windows. | Win only 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| FM.EnableMouseWheel Enables use of mouse wheel on Windows. | Win only 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| FM.ErrorMessage Queries an error message for a FileMaker error. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.Evaluate Similar to FileMaker's built-in Evaluate. | All 1.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQL Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQLOnIdle Executes a SQL command at idle time. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQLValue Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastError Queries the last error code from an SQL call | All 1.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastErrorMessage Queries the last error message from an SQL call | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastSQL Queries last SQL command. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| FM.FieldStatistics Queries statistics on a field. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| FM.Get Queries a Get() function by ID. | All 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| FM.GetDisableContextualMenus Queries whether to disable contextual menus. | Mac/Win 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| FM.GetSQLBatchMode Queries turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InitMessageFilter Initializes COM message filter. | Win only 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord2 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord3 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord4 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord5 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecordQuery Insert or updates a lot of records queried from a database. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertRecord Inserts a new record in a table in one line. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertRecordCSV Inserts records based on CSV text. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertRecordQuery Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertRecordQueryIgnoreDuplicates Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertRecordTSV Inserts records based on tab/return separated text. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.InsertSetUpdateProgressDialog Enable updating progress bar. | Mac/Win 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| FM.IsMainThread Checks if current thread is main thread. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.LayoutIDForLayoutName Queries the ID for layout with given name. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.LayoutNameForLayoutID Queries layout name for a layout ID. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.LayoutNames Queries list of layout names in current file. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.Loop Universal function to run a loop with evaluate. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.MainThreadID Queries main thread ID. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ModifyTableView Triggers the button to modify a table view and pick fields. | Mac/Win 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| FM.MouseWheelScriptTrigger Installs a script trigger for mouse wheel. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| FM.NULL Returns a null value. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.PatchNotificationProblem Patched problem with Scroll Notifications. | Mac only 8.1 |
❌ Server |
| FM.QueryBaseTableNames Queries the base table names of all files currently open. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.QueryCustomFunctionsList Queries custom functions list. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| FM.QueryFieldsForBaseTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.QueryFieldsForTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.QueryTableNames Queries the table names of all files currently open. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.RecordStatistics Queries statistics on a record. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.RunDatabaseDesignReport Performs a data design report automatically. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| FM.RunSaveAsXML Saves database as XML. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| FM.RunScript Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | All 1.2 |
❌ Server |
| FM.RunScriptIdle Runs a script after idle period. | Mac/Win/Linux 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| FM.RunScriptLater Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | All 1.2 |
❌ Server |
| FM.SQL.Avg Calculates average value in a record set. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.CSV Queries text of SQL result for CSV export. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.Execute Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.Field Queries field value for given position in result. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.FieldCount Queries number of fields. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.FieldType Queries field type for given position in result. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecords Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecordsToSQL Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.JSONColumn Returns a column as JSON array. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecord Returns a row as JSON object. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecords Returns rows as JSON array. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.List Lists all IDs of current FM.SQL objects. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.Max Queries max value in a record set. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.Min Queries min value in a record set. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.Release Releases memory used for the SQL result. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.ReleaseAll Release all FMSQL objects. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.RowCount Queries number of rows in the result. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.Sum Calculates sum value in a record set. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.Text Queries text of SQL result. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.ToMatrix Copies from result set to a Matrix. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.XMLRecord Returns a row as XML object. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SQL.XMLRecords Returns rows as XML. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ScriptIDForScriptName Queries the ID for script with given name. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ScriptNameForScriptID Queries script name for a script ID. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ScriptNames Queries list of script names in current file. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SetDisableContextualMenus Whether to disable contextual menus. | Mac/Win 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| FM.SetSQLBatchMode Sets turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| FM.SetThreadName Sets a new name for a thread. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.StopScriptIdle Stops any idle timer. | Mac/Win/Linux 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.TableStatistics Queries statistics on a table. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| FM.TextWithDataType Returns a new value with given type annotation. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecord Update an existing record in a table in one line. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecord2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecord3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecord4 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecord5 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecords Updates existing records in a table in one line. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecords2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecords3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecords4 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.UpdateRecords5 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ValueListIDForValueListName Queries the ID for value list with given name. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ValueListNameForValueListID Queries value list name for a value list ID. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| FM.ValueListNames Queries list of value list names in current file. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.Create Creates a new FSEvents monitor. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.CreateRelativeToDevice Creates a new FSEvents monitor relative to a device. | Mac only 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.CurrentEventId Queries current event ID for system. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.Description Queries description event for this FSEvents object. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.DeviceBeingWatched Queries device ID of device watched. | Mac only 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.DeviceID Queries the DeviceID for a disk. | Mac only 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.EventCount Queries number of events in queue. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.FlushASync Flushes events asynchronously. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.FlushSync Flushes events synchronously. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.GetEvaluate Queries string to evaluate. | Mac only 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.GetExclusionPaths Queries list of exclusion paths. | Mac only 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.GetFileName Returns the file name for the scheduled script start. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| FSEvents.GetScriptName Returns the script name for the scheduled script start. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| FSEvents.HasNextEvent Checks if there is a pending event in the queue. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.LastEventIdForDeviceBeforeTime Queries event ID for a given time on a device. | Mac only 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.LatestEventId Queries latest Event ID for this stream. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.List Lists all IDs of file system event objects. | Mac only 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.NextEvent Queries next event in queue. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.PathsBeingWatched Queries the paths being watched. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.Release Releases the FSEvents object. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.ReleaseAll Frees all FSEvents objects. | Mac only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.SetEvaluate Sets the expression for evaluate when database changes. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| FSEvents.SetExclusionPaths Sets directories to be filtered from the EventStream. | Mac only 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.SetFileName Sets the file name for scheduled script start. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| FSEvents.SetScriptName Sets the script name for scheduled script start. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| FSEvents.Show Shows details for this FSEvents object on console. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.Start Starts FSEvents monitor. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.Started Queries if FSEvents monitor is started. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.Stop Stops FSEvent monitor. | Mac only 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| FSEvents.UUIDForDevice Gets the UUID associated with a device. | Mac only 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| FileDialog.GetAllowMulti Queries whether multiple selection is allowed. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetAllowsOtherFileTypes Queries if other file types. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetCanCreateDirectories Queries whether the user can create directories. | Mac only 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetCanSelectHiddenExtension Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the panel allows the user to hide or show extensions. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetFilter Queries which filter is defined. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetInitialDirectory Queries the initial directory. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetMessage Returns the message displayed in the save panel. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetNameFieldLabel Returns the string displayed in front of the filename text field. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetNameFieldStringValue Returns the user-editable filename currently shown in the name field. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetPath Queries the native path with the given index. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetPathCount Queries number of file paths available. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetPrompt Queries current prompt text. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetResolvesAliases Returns whether the panel resolves aliases. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetShowHidden Returns whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetTreatsFilePackagesAsDirectories Whether the panel displays file packages as directories. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetUseSheet Queries sheet status. | Mac only 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.GetWindowTitle Returns the title of the panel. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.OpenFileDialog Shows dialog to select a file. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.Reset Resets all options to default values. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SaveFileDialog Shows dialog to select where to save a file. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SelectFolderDialog Shows dialog to select a folder. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SelectItemDialog Shows dialog to select either file or folder. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetAllowMulti Sets whether multiple selection is allowed. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetAllowsOtherFileTypes Sets whether other file types are allowed. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetCanCreateDirectories Sets whether to allow directory creation. | Mac only 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetCanSelectHiddenExtension Sets whether the panel allows the user to hide or show extensions. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetFilter Queries whether other file types are allowed. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetInitialDirectory Sets the initial directory. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetMessage Sets the message text displayed in the panel. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetNameFieldLabel Sets the text displayed in front of the text field. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetNameFieldStringValue Sets the filename in the name field to the specified value. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetPrompt Sets the prompt of the default button. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetResolvesAliases Sets whether the panel resolves aliases. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetSheetScriptTrigger Sets sheet trigger. | Mac only 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetShowHidden Specifies whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetTreatsFilePackagesAsDirectories Sets the panel's behavior for displaying file packages (for example, MyApp.app) to the user. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetUseSheet Sets whether to use sheets. | Mac only 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialog.SetWindowTitle Sets the title of the dialog. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialogWatcher.GetLastPath Queries the last path used in open/save dialogs. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| FileDialogWatcher.Install Installs the required code to catch file names from open/save dialogs on Mac. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| Files.AccessDate Queries the access date of the file or folder. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Files.AddedToDirectoryDate Queries the date of the file or folder when it was added to parent folder. | Mac only 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| Files.AppPath Returns the path to the main executable for this FileMaker solution. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Files.AudioCoverArt Loads audio file and returns cover art. | Mac/Win 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.AudioTags Queries audio tags for audio file. | Mac/Win 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Files.BSDVolumeName New in 15.5 Queries the BSD volume name for a volume. | Mac only 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.CanOpenFile Checks if plugin can read file. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Files.CopyFile Copies files and folders without user interface. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Files.CopyFiles Copies multiple files in parallel. | Mac/iOS 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| Files.CreateAlias Creates an alias or link file. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| Files.CreateBookmark Creates a bookmark from a file path. | Mac/iOS 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.CreateDirectory Creates a directory. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Files.CreateHardLink Creates a new hard link. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.CreateSymbolicLink Creates a new symbolic link. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.CreationDate Queries the creation date of the file or folder. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Files.Delete Deletes a file directly without moving it to trash. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.DeleteFolder Deletes a file or folder directly without moving to trash. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.DeleteLater Deletes file later. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.DirectoryExists Checks whether a directory exists with the given path. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Files.DiskInfo Queries information about a volume. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Files.EvictUbiquitousItem Removes local copy of a cloud file. | Mac/iOS 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FileDisplayName Queries the display name of the file or folder. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FileExists Checks whether a file exists with the given path. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FileExtension Queries the file extension of the given path. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FileInfo Queries some file information. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FileKind Queries the file kind string. | Mac/Win 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FileName Queries the file name of the given path. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FileNameWithoutExtension Queries file name without extension. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FileSize Queries file size. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FileUTITypes Queries uniform type identifiers for this file. | Mac only 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Files.FolderSize Calculate sizes of folder. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.GetComment Queries Finder's file comment. | Mac only 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.GetFinderLabel Queries the label of the file or folder. | Mac only 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.GetNodeID Queries the NodeID fo the file or folder. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.GetPathFromNodeID Finds the file or folder for the given NodeID on the given volume. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.GetPosixPermissions Queries posix file permissions. | Mac/Linux/iOS 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.GetTagNames Queries names of the tags assigned to the file/folder. | Mac only 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.IdentifyData Checks file type from the data. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Files.IsApplication Checks whether the file path points to an application. | Mac/iOS 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.IsExcludedFromBackup Queries file extension visibility state of a file or folder. | Mac only 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| Files.IsFileExtensionHidden Queries file extension visibility state of a file or folder. | Mac only 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| Files.IsHidden Queries hidden state of a file or folder. | Mac/Win 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.IsPackage Checks whether the file path points to a package. | Mac/iOS 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.IsReadOnly Queries read only flag for a file or folder. | Win only 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.IsSystemImmutable Queries the system immutable flag. | Mac/iOS 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.IsUserImmutable Queries the user immutable flag. | Mac/iOS 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ItemExists Checks whether a item exists with the given path. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Files.Launch Launches the file. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| Files.LaunchFile Launches the file or opens folder. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| Files.List Queries list of file names in folder. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ListAsJSON Queries list of file names in folder as JSON. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ListRecursive Queries list of paths in folder. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ListVolumes Lists mounted volumes. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ModificationDate Queries the modification date of the file or folder. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Files.Mount Mounts a network share. | Mac/Win/Linux 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.MountPath Queries mount path for a volume. | Mac/Win 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.MoveFile Moves a file or folder without user interface. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Files.MoveToTrash Deletes an item by moving it to trash without user interface. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Files.PrintFile Asks the OS to print this file. | Mac/Win 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| Files.ReadAndWriteFile Reads a file and writes it elsewhere. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ReadJPEG Reads a JPEG file from the file system. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ReadPDF Reads a PDF file from the file system. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ReadPNG Reads a PNG file from the file system. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.RenameFile Renames a file or folder without user interface. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ResolveAlias Resolves an alias file. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ResolveBookmark Resolves a bookmark. | Mac/iOS 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.RevealFile Reveals the file/folder in the shell. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| Files.SetAudioTags Sets audio tags for audio file. | Mac/Win/Linux 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetComment Sets the file comment. | Mac only 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetCreationDate Sets the file creation date. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetExcludedFromBackup Sets file backup exclusion of a file or folder. | Mac only 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetFileExtensionHidden Sets the hidden state for the file extension of a file or folder. | Mac only 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetFinderLabel Sets the Finder label. | Mac only 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetHidden Sets the hidden state for a file or folder. | Mac/Win 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetModificationDate Sets the file modification date. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetPosixPermissions Sets posix file permissions. | Mac/Linux/iOS 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetReadOnly Sets the read only flag for a file or folder. | Win only 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetSystemImmutable Sets the system immutable flag. | Mac/iOS 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetTagNames Sets the tags for a file/folder. | Mac only 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.SetUserImmutable Sets the user immutable flag. | Mac/iOS 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Files.ShareFile Shows the share panel for Windows. | Win only 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| Files.ShowPropertyDialog Shows the file properties dialog in explorer. | Win only 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| Files.StandardizePath Standardized a path. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| Files.StartDownloadingUbiquitousItem Starts download of a cloud hosted file. | Mac/iOS 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Files.USBSerialNumber New in 15.5 Queries the USB serial number for a volume. | Mac only 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Files.UbiquitousItemStatus Queries status of a ubiquitous item. | Mac/iOS 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Files.Unmount Unmount a volume. | Mac/Win/Linux 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Files.WriteFile Writes a file with the given data. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.Applications Queries path to applications folder. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.LocalFonts Queries path to local font folder. | Mac only 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.LocalPreferences Queries path to local preferences folder. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.SharedDocuments Queries path to shared documents folder. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.System Queries system folder. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.SystemFonts Queries path to system font folder. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.SystemTemporary Queries temporary folder. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.UbiquityContainer Queries path for an iCloud container. | Mac/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.UserDesktop Queries path to user's desktop folder. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.UserDocuments Queries path to user's document folder. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.UserDownloads Queries location of user's downloads folder. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.UserFonts Queries path to user's font folder. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.UserHome Queries path to user’s home folder. | All 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.UserMusic Queries path to user's music folder. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.UserPictures Queries path to user’s picture folder. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.UserPreferences Queries path to user's preferences folder. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.UserTemporary Queries temporary folder. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| Folders.UserTrash Queries trash folder location for current user. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.UserVideo Queries path to user's video folder. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Folders.Windows Queries path to windows folder. | Win only 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Font.Activate Activates a font inside app or whole computer. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| Font.CalculateTextFits Queries how many characters would fit in a space. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| Font.CalculateTextHeight Calculates height of text. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| Font.CalculateTextWidth Calculates width of text. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Font.Deactivate Deactivates a font inside app or whole computer. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| FontManager.FontFile Queries the native file path to a font file. | Mac only 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| FontManager.ImageWithSystemSymbolName Queries SF Symbol font for characters and returns them as image. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| FontManager.ListFontFamilies Queries a list of font families. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FontManager.ListFonts Queries list of all fonts or list of fonts of a family. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| FoundationModels.Available New in 15.5 Checks whether the model is available. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.AvailableStatus New in 15.5 Queries the availability. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.BeginSession New in 15.5 Start a new session in blank slate state with instructions. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.CloseSession New in 15.5 Closes the current model session. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.GetMaximumResponseTokens New in 15.5 Queries the maximum number of tokens the model is allowed to produce in its response. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.GetTemperature New in 15.5 Queries the temperature. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.Initialize New in 15.5 Initializes Foundation Models by loading a system model. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.List New in 15.5 Returns the list of model identifiers. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.Prewarm New in 15.5 Prewarm the model. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.Release New in 15.5 Release memory for a loaded model. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.ReleaseAll New in 15.5 Releases all models. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.Respond New in 15.5 Produces a response to a prompt. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.SetMaximumResponseTokens New in 15.5 Sets the maximum number of tokens the model is allowed to produce in its response. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.SetTemperature New in 15.5 Sets the temperature. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.SupportedLanguages New in 15.5 Queries the languages that the model supports. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.SupportsLocale New in 15.5 Returns a Boolean indicating whether the given locale is supported by the model. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| FoundationModels.Transcript New in 15.5 A full history of interactions, including user inputs and model responses. | Mac/iOS 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| GMImage.AdaptiveThreshold Local adaptive threshold image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddNoise Add noise to image with specified noise type. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddNoiseChannel Add noise to image with specified noise type. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathArcAbs Draw a single arc segment. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathArcRel Draw a single arc segment. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathClosePath Closes subpath. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoAbs Draw to a single point. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalAbs Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalRel Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoRel Draw to a single point. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalAbs Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalRel Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoAbs Simple moveto with absolute coordinate. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoRel Simple moveto with relative coordinate. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoAbs Adds a smooth curve to path. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Affine Applies an affine transformation. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Annotate Annotate image (draw text on image). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AutoOrient Orient image to be right-side up based on its current orientation attribute. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.AveragePixelValue Calculates the average pixel value. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.BaseColumns Returns the base image width (before transformations). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.BaseFilename Returns the Base image filename (before transformations) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.BaseRows Returns the base image height (before transformations) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Blur Blur image with specified blur factor. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.BlurChannel Blur image with specified blur factor. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Border Border image (add border to image). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.BoundingBox Returns smallest bounding box enclosing non-border pixels. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Channel Extract channel from image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Charcoal Charcoal effect image (looks like charcoal sketch). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Chop Chop image (remove vertical or horizontal subregion of image). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ClipMask Associate a clip mask with the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ClipPath Select a drawing clip path matching name. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Coders Lists all coders as JSON. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Colorize Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ColorizeRGB Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity for red, green, and blue quantums. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Columns Returns the Image width. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Compare Compares current image with another image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Composite Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.CompositeXY Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Contrast Contrast image (enhance intensity differences in image). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Copy Creates a copy of the picture. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.CopyChannel Copies one channel from one image into channel of other image. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Crop Crop image (subregion of original image). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.CycleColormap Cycle image colormap. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Describe Describes an image by printing its attributes. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Despeckle Despeckle image (reduce speckle noise). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Directory Returns the directory string. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.DrawArc Draws an arc. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.DrawCircle Draws a circle. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.DrawEllipse Draw an ellipse. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.DrawLine Draws a line. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.DrawPath Draw on image using vector path. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.DrawRectangle Draws a rectangle. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.DrawRoundRectangle Draw a rounded rectangle. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Edge Edge image (hilight edges in image) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Emboss Emboss image (hilight edges with 3D effect). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Enhance Enhance image (minimize noise) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Equalize Equalize image (histogram equalization) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Erase Erase image to current "background color" | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ExifThumbnail Extracts an embedded thumbnail in EXIF data. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Extent Extends image size. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FillPattern Sets the pattern to use while filling drawn objects. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FindColorInColumn Locates first pixel in the column with given color. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FindColorInRow Locates first pixel in the row with given color. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Flatten Flatten the alpha channel. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Flip Flip image (reflect each scanline in the vertical direction) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FloodFillColor Flood-fill color across pixels. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FloodFillColorXY Flood-fill color across pixels starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified border color. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FloodFillOpacity Floodfill pixels matching color (within fuzz factor) of target pixel(x,y) with replacement opacity value using method. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FloodFillTexture Flood-fill texture across pixels. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FloodFillTextureXY Flood-fill texture across pixels. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Flop Flop image (reflect each scanline in the horizontal direction) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FontMap Queries current font map in use. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FontTypeMetrics Queries space needed for text. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Format Long image format description. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Frame Frame image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Free Releases the image from memory. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.FreeAll Destroys all images. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Gamma Gamma correct image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GaussianBlur Gaussian blur image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GaussianBlurChannel Gaussian blur image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Geometry Preferred size of the image when encoding. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetAdjoin Get adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetAnimationDelay Queries the animation delay. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetAnimationIterations Queries the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetAntiAlias Returns whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetAttribute Query a named attribute. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetAttributeNames Queries names of all attributes. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetAttributesJSON Queries all attributes as JSON. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundColor Queries the Image background color. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundTexture Queries the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetBorderColor Queries the Image border color. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetBoxColor Queries the Text bounding-box base color (default none). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetChannelDepth Obtain modulus channel depth | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetClassType Queries the Image class. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetClipMask Queries clip mask image. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetColorFuzz Queries the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetColorMap Queries an entry in the color map. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetColorMapSize Queries the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetColorSpace Queries the Image Color Space | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetComment Queries the comment. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetCompose Queries the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetCompressType Queries the compression type. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetDebug Queries whether printing of debug messages from ImageMagick is enabled. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetDefineSet Queries a define value. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetDefineValue Queries a value. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetDensity Queries the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetDepth Queries the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetEXIFOrientation Queries orientation from EXIF. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetEndian Queries the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFileName Queries the Image file name. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFileSize Returns the number of bytes of the image on disk | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFillColor Queries the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFillRule Queries the rule to use when filling drawn objects | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFilterType Queries the Filter to use when resizing image | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFont Queries the Text rendering font. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFontFamily Queries font family. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFontPointSize Queries the Font point size. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFontStretch Queries font stretch. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFontStyle Queries font style. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetFontWeight Queries font weight. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetGamma Gamma level of the image | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetGifDisposeMethod Queries the GIF disposal method. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetHeight Returns the image height. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetICCColorProfile Queries the ICC color profile. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetIPTCProfile Queries the IPTC profile. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetIPTCProfileValues Queries list with all IPTC values found. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetInterlaceType Queries the interlace type. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetIsValid Does object contain valid image? | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsBase64 Returns the picture in JPEG format as a base64 encoded string. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsHex Returns the picture in JPEG format as a hex encoded string. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetLabel Queries the image label. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetLineWidth Queries the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetMagick Queries the File type magick identifier. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetMatte Queries the image supports transparency (matte channel) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetMatteColor Queries the Transparent color. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetModulusDepth Queries the image modulus depth. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetMonochrome Queries the monochrome flag. Transform image to black and white | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetOrientation Queries the image orientation. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsBase64 Returns the picture in PNG format as a base64 encoded string. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsHex Returns the picture in PNG format as a hex encoded string. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetPage Queries the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetPixelColor Get pixel color at location x & y. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetProfile Retrieve a named profile from the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetQuality Queries the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColorSpace Gets the Colorspace to quantize in. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColors Queries the Maximum number of colors to quantize to. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeDither Queries whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeTreeDepth Queries the Quantization tree-depth. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetQuiet Queries quiet setting. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetRenderingIntent Queries the type of rendering intent. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetResolutionUnits Queries which units are used for image resolution. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetScene Gets the image scene number | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetSize Queries the Width and height of a raw image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetStrokeAntiAlias Whether stroke anti-aliasing is enabled. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetStrokeColor Queries the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashArray Queries the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashOffset Gets the stroke dash offset. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetStrokeMiterLimit Gets the miter limit. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetStrokeWidth Gets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetSubImage Queries which image of an image sequence is currently used. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetSubRange Gets the Number of images relative to the base image | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetTextEncoding Queries the text encoding. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetTileName Queries the Tile name. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetType Image representation type. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetVerbose Queries whether to print detailed information about the image | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetView Queries the FlashPix viewing parameters. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetWidth Returns the Image width. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetXMP Query XMP data. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.GetZPL Queries image as ZPL hex image. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Hash Calculates a hash of the image. | All 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ImageCount Queries number of open images. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Implode Implode image (special effect). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.InvertChannel Inverts an image. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.IsGray Checks whether all pixels are gray. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.IsLoggingEnabled Checks whether logging is enabled. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Level Level image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.LevelChannel Level image channel. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.List Lists all IDs of images in memory. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ListTypeInfo Writes type list file. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.MagickVersion Queries the version text of the GraphicsMagick library. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Magnify Magnify image by integral size. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Map Remap image colors with closest color from reference image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.MatteFloodfill Floodfill designated area with replacement opacity value. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.MeanErrorPerPixel The mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.MedianFilter Filter image by replacing each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Minify Reduce image by integral size. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Modulate Modulate percent hue, saturation, and brightness of an image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.MontageGeometry Tile size and offset within an image montage. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.MotionBlur Motion blur image with specified blur factor. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.MultiplyChannel Multiplies all values in a channel. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Negate Negate colors in image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.New Construct a blank image canvas of specified size and color. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.NewFromBase64 Loads a picture from base64 encoded data. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.NewFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.NewFromFile Loads a picture file. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.NewFromHex Loads a picture from hex encoded data. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromFile Loads a picture file with several files. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Normalize Normalize image (increase contrast by normalizing the pixel values to span the full range of color values) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.NormalizedMaxError The normalized max error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.NormalizedMeanError The normalized mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.OilPaint Oilpaint image (image looks like oil painting) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Opacity Set or attenuate the opacity channel in the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Opaque Change color of opaque pixel to specified pen color. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Ping Pings an image to query metadata. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.PingContainer Pings an image to query metadata. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.PopClipPath Pop (terminate) clip path definition started by GMImage.PushClipPath. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.PurgeTemporaryFiles Asks GraphicsMagick to purge all temp files. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.PushClipPath Push (create) clip path definition with new name. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Quantize Quantize image (reduce number of colors). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.QuantumDepth Queries quantum depth of GraphicsMagick. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Raise Raise image (lighten or darken the edges of an image to give a 3-D raised or lowered effect) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.RandomThreshold Random threshold image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.RandomThresholdChannel Random threshold image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Read Read single image frame into current object. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ReadContainer Read single image frame into current object. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ReduceNoise Reduce noise in image using a noise peak elimination filter. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Release Releases the image from memory. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ReleaseAll Destroys all images. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Repage Resets the image page canvas and position. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.ReplaceColor Replaces a color with another color value for the whole image. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Resize Resize image, specifying geometry, filter, and blur. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Roll Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Rollxy Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Rotate Rotate image by specified number of degrees. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Rotating Set rotation to use when drawing. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Rows Returns the image height. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Sample Resize image by using pixel sampling algorithm. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Scale Resize image by using simple ratio algorithm. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Scaling Apply scaling in x and y direction while drawing objects. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Segment Segments the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetAdjoin Set adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetAnimationDelay Sets the animation delay. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetAnimationIterations Sets the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetAntiAlias Sets whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetAttribute Set a named attribute. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundColor Sets the Image background color. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundTexture Sets the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetBorderColor Sets the Image border color. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetBoxColor Text bounding-box base color (default none). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetChannelDepth Set modulus channel depth | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetClassType Sets the Image class. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetColorFuzz Sets the color fuzz. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetColorMap Sets an entry in the color map. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetColorMapSize Sets the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetColorSpace Sets the Image Color Space. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetComment Sets the image comment. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetCompose Sets the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetCompressType Sets the compression type. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetDebug Enables printing of debug messages from ImageMagick | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetDefineSet Sets a define value. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetDefineValue Sets a value. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetDensity Sets the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetDepth Sets the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetEXIFOrientation Sets orientation for EXIF. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetEndian Sets the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFileName Sets the Image file name. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFillColor Sets the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFillRule Sets the rule to use when filling drawn objects | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFilterType Sets the Filter to use when resizing image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFont Sets the Text rendering font. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFontFamily Set font family to use. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFontPointSize Sets the font point size. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFontStretch Set font stretch. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFontStyle Set font style. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetFontWeight Sets font weight. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetGifDisposeMethod Sets the GIF disposal method. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetICCColorProfile Sets the ICC color profile. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetIPTCProfile Sets the IPTC profile. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetInterlaceType Sets the interlace type. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetIsValid Sets whether the object contain a valid image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetLabel Sets the image label. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetLineWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetLogEventMask Set log event mask. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetMagick Sets the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF") | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetMatte Sets whether image supports transparency (matte channel) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetMatteColor Sets the Transparent color. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetModulusDepth Sets the Image modulus depth. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetMonochrome If set, transform image to black and white. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetOrientation Sets the image orientation. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetPage Sets the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetPixelColor set pixel color at location x & y. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetProfile Add or remove a named profile to/from the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetQuality Sets the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColorSpace Sets the Colorspace to quantize in. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColors Sets the Maximum number of colors to quantize to | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeDither Sets whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeTreeDepth Sets the Quantization tree-depth. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetQuiet Sets quiet setting. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetRenderingIntent Sets the type of rendering intent | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetResolutionUnits Sets which units are used for image resolution. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetScene Sets the image scene number | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetSize Sets the Width and height of a raw image | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetStrokeAntiAlias Enables/disables stroke anti-aliasing. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetStrokeColor Sets the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashArray Specify the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashOffset Sets the stroke dash offset. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetStrokeMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetStrokeWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetSubImage Selects which image of an image sequence is currently used. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetSubRange Sets the Number of images relative to the base image | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetTextEncoding Sets the Annotation text encoding (e.g. "UTF-16") | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetTileName Sets the Tile name. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetType Sets the Image representation type. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetVerbose Sets whether to print detailed information about the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetView Sets the FlashPix viewing parameters. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SetXMP Sets the XMP data. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Shade Shade image using distant light source. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Sharpen Sharpen pixels in image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SharpenChannel Sharpen pixels in image | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Shave Shave pixels from image edges. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Shear Shear image (create parallelogram by sliding image by X or Y axis). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Signature Image signature. Set force to 1 in order to re-calculate the signature regardless of whether the image data has been modified. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SkewX Apply Skew in X direction. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.SkewY Apply Skew in Y direction. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Solarize Solarize image (similar to effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Spread Spread pixels randomly within image by specified ammount. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Statistics Calculate statistics for an image. | All 14.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Stegano Add a digital watermark to the image (based on second image) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Stereo Create an image which appears in stereo when viewed with red-blue glasses (Red image on left, blue on right) | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Strip Remove all profiles and text attributes from the image. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.StrokePattern Sets the pattern image to use while stroking object outlines. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Swirl Swirl image (image pixels are rotated by degrees). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Texture Channel a texture on image background. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Threshold Threshold image channels (below threshold becomes black, above threshold becomes white). | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.TotalColors Number of colors in the image | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Transform Transform image based on image and crop geometries. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.TransformOrigin Origin of coordinate system to use when annotating with text or drawing. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.TransformReset Reset transformation parameters to default. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.TransformRotation Rotation to use when annotating with text or drawing. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.TransformScale Scale to use when annotating with text or drawing. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.TransformSkewX Skew to use in X axis when annotating with text or drawing. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.TransformSkewY Skew to use in Y axis when annotating with text or drawing. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Translation Apply coordinate translation. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Transparent Add matte image to image, setting pixels matching color to transparent | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Trim Trim edges that are the background color from the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Unsharpmask Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.UnsharpmaskChannel Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Wave Map image pixels to a sine wave: | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteImages Writes several images to disk. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteToBMPContainer Writes the picture in BMP format to a container object which you can store in a container field. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteToContainer Writes images as is into a container. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteToFile Write single image frame to a file. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteToGIFContainer Writes the picture in GIF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteToJPEGContainer Writes the picture in JPEG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteToPDFContainer Writes the picture in PDF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteToPNGContainer Writes the picture in PNG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteToTiffContainer Writes the picture in TIFF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.WriteToWebPContainer Writes the picture in WebP format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.XResolution Returns the x resolution of the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.YResolution Returns the y resolution of the image. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GMImage.Zoom Zoom image to specified size. | All 2.0 |
✅ Server |
| GZipFile.Compress Compresses a file. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| GZipFile.Decompress Decompresses a file. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| GameKit.Achievement.Completed Queries completed state. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Achievement.GetPercentComplete Queries percent complete. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Achievement.GetShowsCompletionBanner Queries whether to show completion banner. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Achievement.LastReportedDate Queries last reported time. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Achievement.New Initializes a new achievement object for the local player. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Achievement.Player Queries player identifier for the related player. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Achievement.SetPercentComplete Sets percent complete. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Achievement.SetShowsCompletionBanner Sets whether to show completion banner. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.AchievedDescription Queries description text. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.GroupIdentifier Queries group identifier. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Hidden Queries hidden flag. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Image Loads the image property for a completed achievement. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.IncompleteAchievementImage Queries a common image for incomplete achievements. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.MaximumPoints Queries maximum points. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.PlaceholderCompletedAchievementImage Returns a common image for completed achievements. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Replayable Queries whether achievement is replay-able. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.Title Queries localized title for the achievement. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AchievementDescription.UnachievedDescription Queries description text. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.AnonymousGuestPlayer Creates a new guest player with the designated identifier. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Challenge.Achievement Queries achievement to complete. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Challenge.CompletionDate The date the challenge was completed. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Challenge.Decline Declines a challenge. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Challenge.IssueDate The date the challenge was issued. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Challenge.IssuingPlayer Queries issuing player. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Challenge.Message A text message that describes the challenge. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Challenge.ReceivingPlayer Queries receiving player. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Challenge.Score Returns the score to beat. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Challenge.State The current state of the challenge. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.DefaultLeaderboardIdentifier Loads the category identifier for the local player’s default leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.GetLeaderboardIdentifier Queries leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.GetLeaderboardTimeScope Queries time scope. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.GetViewState Queries view state. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.Initialize Initializes Game Center view. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.Present Presents the dialog. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetLeaderboardIdentifier Sets leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetLeaderboardTimeScope Sets time scope. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetScriptTrigger Sets script trigger to call when dialog finishes. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.SetViewState Sets the view state. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.GameCenterView.ShowBannerWithTitle Displays a banner to the player. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Initialize Initialized GameKit. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GetPlayerScope Queries the player scope. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GetRange Queries the numerical score rankings to return from the search. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GetTimeScope Queries time scope. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.GroupIdentifier Queries the identifier for the group the leaderboard is part of. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Image Queries the image associated with the default leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.LoadScores Retrieves a set of scores from Game Center. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Loading Queries whether this leaderboard is loading. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.LocalPlayerScore Queries the score earned by the local player. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.MaxRange Queries the size of the leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.New Creates new leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Scores Returns list of score identifiers. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.SetPlayerScope Sets the player scope. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.SetRange Sets the numerical score rankings to return from the search. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.SetTimeScope Sets time scope. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Leaderboard.Title Queries the localized title for the leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LeaderboardSet.GroupIdentifier Queries identifies the group that the leaderboard set belongs to. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LeaderboardSet.Image Load the image associated with the leaderboard set. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LeaderboardSet.Title Queries localized title for the leaderboard set. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LoadAchievementDescriptions Downloads the achievement descriptions from Game Center. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LoadAchievements Loads achievements. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LoadLeaderboardSets Load all of the leaderboard sets for the current game. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LoadLeaderboards Loads the list of leaderboards from Game Center. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LoadPlayers Loads information from Game Center about a list of players. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LoadReceivedChallenges Loads the list of outstanding challenges. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer Retrieves the shared instance of the local player. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.Authenticate Authenticates the local user. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.AuthenticateError Queries authenticate error. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.ClearAuthenticateHandler Clears authenticate handler. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.isAuthenticated Checks whether local player is authenticated. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.LocalPlayer.isUnderage Queries underage status. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Player.Alias Queries alias name. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Player.DisplayName Queries name to display. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Player.GuestIdentifier Queries identifier for guest player. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Player.Photo Loads a photo of this player from Game Center. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.RecentPlayers Returns an array of players the local player recently played with. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.ReportAchievements Reports progress on an array of achievements. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.ReportAchievementsWithEligibleChallenges Reports progress on an array of achievements. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.ReportScores Reports a list of scores to Game Center. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.ReportScoresWithEligibleChallenges Submit a list of scores and all eligible challenges. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.ResetAchievements Resets all achievement progress for the local player. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.Date The date and time when the score was earned. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.FormattedValue Returns the player’s score as a localized string. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.GetContext Queries context. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.GetShouldSetDefaultLeaderboard Queries whether this score should update default leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.GetValue Queries score value. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.LeaderboardIdentifier Queries the identifier for the leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.New Creates a new score object. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.Player Queries the player identifier for the player that earned the score. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.Rank Queries position of the score in the results of a leaderboard search. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.SetContext Sets context value. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.SetShouldSetDefaultLeaderboard Set whether this score should update default leaderboard. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.Score.SetValue Sets score value. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.SelectChallengeablePlayers Finds the subset of players that can earn an achievement. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.SetDefaultLeaderboardIdentifier Sets the default leaderboard for the current game. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.SetPlayerDidChangeScriptTrigger Sets the player change script trigger. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GameKit.ShowChallengeComposeDialog Shows challenge compose dialog. | Mac/iOS 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| GetSystemUIMode Queries the current system UI mode. See the SetSystemUIMode function for details on the possible values. | Mac only 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| GetSystemUIModeOptions Queries the current system UI mode options. See the SetSystemUIMode function for details on the possible values. | Mac only 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| HadErrors Queries error counter. | All 12.2 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.CRC16 New in 16.0 Calculates 16bit CRC value. | All 16.0 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.CRC32 Calculates 32bit CRC value. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.Digest Calculates a hash of a value. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.DigestFile Calculates a hash of a file. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.MD5 Calculated MD5 hash of given text. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.MD5.HMAC Returns the a MD5 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.PBKDF2.HMAC Returns the PBKDF2 hash value of the data, first applying the salt value and using the specified hashAlgorithm. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.RandomHexString Creates a random hex string. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.RandomString Creates a random string. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.SHA1 Calculated SHA-1 hash of given text. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.SHA1.HMAC Returns the a SHA1 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.SHA256 Calculated SHA-256 hash of given text. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.SHA256.HMAC Returns the a SHA256 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.SHA512 Calculated SHA-512 hash of given text. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Hash.SHA512.HMAC Returns the a SHA512 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| HealthKit.AuthorizationStatusForType Queries authentication status for a type. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HealthKit.BiologicalSex Queries the user's biological sex. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HealthKit.BloodType Queries blood type. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HealthKit.DateOfBirth Queries date of birth for user. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HealthKit.DateOfBirthComponents Queries date of birth for user in components. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HealthKit.FitzpatrickSkinType Queries skin type. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HealthKit.RequestAuthorizationToShareTypes Requests authorization from the user. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HealthKit.SampleQuery Queries sample data from the database. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HealthKit.WheelchairUse Queries wheelchair value. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HealthKit.isHealthDataAvailable Checks whether health data is available. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetEnabled Queries the enabled state. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when hotkey is pressed. | Mac/Win 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetIgnoreOnModal Queries state for modal dialogs. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetKeyCode Returns the key code given at registration. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetKeyUp Queries whether to trigger script both on key down and key up. | Mac only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetLocal Queries the local flag. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetModifiers Returns the modifiers given at registration. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetName Queries the name defined for this hotkey. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetPermanent Queries whether this hotkey should be permanent. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in case of event. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetScriptName Queries name of script to call in case of event. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetScriptWorkspaceOnly Queries whether this should be limited to Script Workspace. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.GetTag Queries the tag defined for this hotkey. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.List Lists all hotkeys. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.Register Registers a global hot key based on the virtual key code and modifiers. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetEnabled Sets the enabled state. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when hotkey is pressed. | Mac/Win 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetIgnoreOnModal Sets state for modal dialogs. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetKeyUp Whether to trigger script both on key down and key up. | Mac only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetLocal Sets the local flag. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetName Sets the name of a hotkey. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetPermanent Sets whether this hotkey should be permanent. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetScript Sets which script to call if hotkey is pressed. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetScriptWorkspaceOnly Sets whether this should be limited to Script Workspace. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.SetTag Sets the tag of a hotkey. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.Unregister Unregisters a hotkey and frees resources. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| HotKey.UnregisterAll Unregisters all hotkeys. | Mac/Win 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| IBAN.CalcCheckSum Calculates the checksum. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| IBAN.Compact Formats the IBAN for compact view. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| IBAN.Countries Queries list of country codes. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| IBAN.Example Queries example IBAN for country. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| IBAN.Format Formats the IBAN for printing. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| IBAN.IsValid Checks whether an IBAN is valid. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| IBAN.RegEx Queries regular expression for country. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Close Closes the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetCancelButtonLabel Queries the caption of the cancel button. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysLocalCameras Queries whether to include local cameras in list. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysLocalScanners Queries whether to include local scanners in list. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysNetworkCameras Queries whether to include network cameras in list. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysNetworkScanners Queries whether to include network scanners in list. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetHeight Queries height of dialog. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetMode Queries display mode. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetPrompt Queries the current prompt text. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetSelectButtonLabel Queries the caption of the select button. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetWidth Queries the width of the dialog. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Hide Hides the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Reset Resets options to default. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SelectedDeviceID Queries ID of selected device. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SelectedDeviceName Queries name of selected device. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetCancelButtonLabel Sets the caption of the cancel button. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysLocalCameras Sets whether to include local cameras in list. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysLocalScanners Sets whether to include local scanners in list. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysNetworkCameras Sets whether to include network cameras in list. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysNetworkScanners Sets whether to include network scanners in list. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetHeight Sets the height of the dialog. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetMode Sets the display mode. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetPrompt Sets prompt text. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetSelectButtonLabel Sets the caption of the select button. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetTrigger Sets the script trigger to notify on events. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetWidth Sets the width of the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetWindowTitle Sets window title. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Show Shows the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Visible Queries whether window is visible. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.ClearNotification Clears the script to be called. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsEditing Queries whether image editing is allowed. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsFileChoosing Queries whether image files can be chosen. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsVideoCapture Queries whether video capture is allowed. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetInformationalText Queries informational text. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetInputImage Return the original PictureTaker's input-image. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetMirroring Queries video mirroring status. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImage Return the edited image. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImageMaxHeight Queries the maximum allowed image height. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImageMaxWidth Queries the maximum allowed image width. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetRemainOpenAfterValidate Queries whether the picture taker should remain open after the user selects done. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowAddressBookPicture Queries whether addressbook pictures are shown. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowEffects Queries whether to show effects. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowEmptyPicture Queries the image to be shown for empty picture. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowRecentPicture Queries whether to show recent pictures. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.GetUpdateRecentPicture Queries whether to allow a recent picture to be updated. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.Run Launch the PictureTaker. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsEditing Sets whether image editing is allowed. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsFileChoosing Sets whether image files can be chosen. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsVideoCapture Sets whether video capture is allowed. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetInformationalText Sets informational text. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetInputImage Set the image input for the PictureTaker. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetMirroring Controls whether the receiver enable/disable video mirroring durring snapshots (default is on). | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetNotification Installs a notification script. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetOutputImageMaxSize Sets maximum size of the output image. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetRemainOpenAfterValidate Sets whether the picture taker should remain open after the user selects done. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowEffects Sets whether to show effects. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowEmptyPicture Sets the image to be shown for empty picture. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowRecentPicture Sets whether to show recent pictures. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKPictureTaker.SetUpdateRecentPicture Sets whether to allow a recent picture to be updated. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.ClearImage Clears all images. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Close Closes the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetCombine Queries the combine flag. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetDocumentName Queries the document name. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetDownloadsDirectory Queries download folder. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetHeight Queries height of dialog. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetMode Queries mode of the scanner interface. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetOverviewControlLabel Queries the label for the 'Overview' control. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScanControlLabel Queries the label for the 'Scan' control. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScannerDeviceID Queries ID of current scanner device. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScannerDeviceName Queries name of current scanner device. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetWidth Queries the width of the dialog. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Hide Hides the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.ImageCount Queries number of images in queue. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.NextImage Queries path of next image. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Reset Resets options to default. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetCloseTrigger Sets a close trigger. | Mac only 8.1 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetCombine Sets the combine flag. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetDocumentName Set the document name. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetDownloadsDirectory Sets the download directory. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetHeight Sets the height of the dialog. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetMode Sets mode of the scanner interface. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetOverviewControlLabel Sets the label for the 'Overview' control. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScanControlLabel Sets the label for the 'Scan' control. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScannerDeviceID Selects scanner by ID. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScannerDeviceName Selects scanner by name. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetTrigger Sets the trigger to notify when new picture arrives. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetWidth Sets the width of the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetWindowTitle Sets window title. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Show Shows the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Visible Queries whether window is visible. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.Add Adds a slide. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.AddImage Adds a slide. | Mac only 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.AddPDF Adds a slide. | Mac only 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.AddPath Adds a slide. | Mac only 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.AddURL Adds a slide. | Mac only 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.Clear Clears the list of slides. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.Count Returns number of items. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.GetAudioFile Queries the audio file path. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.GetMode Queries the mode for slideshow. | Mac only 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplayBox Queries the current PDF display box. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplayMode Queries the current PDF display mode. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplaysAsBook Queries whether PDFs are displayed as book currently. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.GetScreen Queries screen index. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.GetStartIndex Queries the start index for the slide show. | Mac only 1.8 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.GetStartPaused Queries whether the slide show should start paused. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.GetWrapAround Queries the current wrap around setting. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.ItemAtIndex Queries item at index. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.Run Runs the slide show with the current slide list and the current options. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.SetAudioFile Sets the audio file to play while doing slide show. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.SetMode Sets the mode for slideshow. | Mac only 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplayBox Sets the PDF display box which should be used to display PDFs. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplayMode Sets the PDF display mode which should be used to display PDFs. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplaysAsBook Sets whether a PDF is displayed as book. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.SetScreen Sets the screen. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.SetStartIndex Sets the start index for the slide show. | Mac only 1.8 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.SetStartPaused Defines whether the slideshow starts paused or not. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| IKSlideShow.SetWrapAround Specifies the new wrap around setting. | Mac only 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| Icon.ClearIcon Clears the custom icon for the file or directory at the specified path. | Mac only 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Icon.GetIcon Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path. | Mac/Win 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| Icon.GetIconWithQuickLook Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path. | Mac/Win 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| Icon.SetIcon Sets the icon for the file or directory at the specified path. | Mac only 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| ImageCapture.CameraInfo Queries a value of current camera. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.CloseDevice Requests to close a previously opened session on this device. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.Contents Contents of the camera. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.DeviceInfo Queries information about device. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.Devices Queries list of devices. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.DevicesJSON Queries list of devices as JSON. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.Download Downloads a file from device. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.Features Queries list of features. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.GetFeatureValue Queries scanner vendor feature value. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.GetFeatures Queries scanner vendor features with values as JSON. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.GetParameter Queries a parameter of current scanner functional unit. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.GetParameters Queries all parameter of current scanner functional unit as JSON. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.ImagePaths Queries list of image files. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.Initialize Initializes Image Capture engine. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.MediaFilenames Queries file names list. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.MediaFiles Queries all image, movie and audio files on the camera. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.OpenDevice Requests to open a session on the device. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.PDF Creates a PDF with all scanned documents. | Mac only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.PreferredDevice Returns UUID for preferred device. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.RequestDeleteFiles Deletes files. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.RequestDisableTethering Disables tethering. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.RequestEnableTethering Enable tethering. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.RequestOverviewScan Starts an overview scan on selectedFunctionalUnit. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.RequestScan Starts a scan on selectedFunctionalUnit. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.RequestSelectFunctionalUnit Requests the scanner device to select a functional unit. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.RequestSyncClock Synchronizes camera clock. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.RequestTakePicture Capture a new image using the camera. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.SetFeatureValue Sets a vendor scanner feature value. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.SetItemsAddedScript Sets script to call when new picture is added. | Mac only 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.SetParameter Sets a parameter for current scanner functional device. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.Thumbnail Queries thumbnail for a file if available. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImageCapture.cancelScan Cancels current scan. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.AvailableCaptureModesForCameraDevice Queries list of available modes. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.AvailableMediaTypesForSourceType Returns an array of the available media types for the specified source type. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.ClearMedia Clears current media. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.ClearOverlay Clears an overlay image. | iOS 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetAllowsEditing Gets whether editing is allowed. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetCameraCaptureMode Queries the capture mode. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetCameraDevice Queries camera device. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetCameraFlashMode Queries flash mode. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when email composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetShowsCameraControls Queries camera controls visibility. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetSourceType Gets the source type. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.GetVideoMaximumDuration Queries maximum duration. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.HasMedia Queries whether media exists. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.IsCameraDeviceAvailable Checks camera availability. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.IsFlashAvailableForCameraDevice Checks flash availability. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.IsSourceTypeAvailable Check for source availability. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaCropRect Queries crop rectangle. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaEditedImage Queries the edited image. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaIsImage Queries whether media type is image. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaIsVideo Queries whether media type is video. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaMetadata Queries image metadata as JSON. | iOS 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaOriginalImage Queries the original image. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaPath Queries path for media. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaReferenceURL Queries reference URL for media. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaType Queries media type. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaTypes Queries media types. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.MediaURL Queries URL for media. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.New Initializes the picker panel. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.Present Presents the picker view. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetAllowsEditing Sets whether editing is allowed. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetCameraCaptureMode Sets the capture mode. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetCameraDevice Sets camera device. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetCameraFlashMode Sets flash mode. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetMediaTypes Sets the list of media types to access. | iOS 13.2 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetOverlayImage Installs an overlay image to the picker. | iOS 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetScript Sets the script to call when picker is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetShowsCameraControls Sets camera controls visibility. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetSourceType Sets the source type. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.SetVideoMaximumDuration Sets maximum duration. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.StartVideoCapture Starts video capture. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.StopVideoCapture Stops video capture. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.TakePicture Captures a still image using the camera. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.VideoIsCompatibleWithSavedPhotosAlbum Checks video. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.WriteImageToSavedPhotosAlbum Adds a photo to the saved photos album (camera roll). | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePicker.WriteVideoToSavedPhotosAlbum Adds a video to the saved photos album. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.AddConcept Adds a concept. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.AddExtractedConcept Adds a concept. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.Available Checks for availability. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.ClearConcepts Clears the list of concepts. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.ConceptCount Queries the number of concepts. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.Create Creates a new image playground. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.GetSourceImage Queries the source image. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.Image Queries the last image generated. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.ImagePath Queries the last image path generated. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.Present Shows the image playground. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.Release Cleans up. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.SetScriptTrigger Sets the script trigger. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImagePlayground.SetSourceImage Sets the source image. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.Clear Clears image. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.CreateWithControl Creates a new image view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.CreateWithSize Creates a new image view inside the window with the given rectangle. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.CreateWithWindow Creates a new image view which covers the whole window. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.GetHeight Queries current height of image view. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.GetLeft Queries current position of the image view. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this image view. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.GetToolTip Queries tooltip text. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.GetWidth Queries current width of the image view. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.List Lists all IDs of image view objects. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| ImageView.Release Releases the image view and reclaims memory. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all image views. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the image view. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions image view to given control. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.SetImage Sets the image to be shown in the image view. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this image view. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.SetToolTip Sets tooltip for image view. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ImageView.SetVisible Hides or shows the image view. | Mac/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| Is64bit Checks if platform is 64bit or 32bit. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| IsClient Checks if plugin is running on a client. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| IsError Checks whether last plugin function returned error. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| IsIOS Whether we run on iOS. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| IsIOSDevice Queries whether run on iOS device. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| IsIOSSimulator Queries whether run on iOS simulator. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| IsLinux Whether we run on Linux. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| IsMacOS Whether we run on Mac. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| IsMobile Whether plugin runs on a mobile target. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| IsRegistered Queries if plugin is registered with Complete key. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| IsRuntime Checks if plugin is running on a runtime. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| IsServer Checks if plugin is running on a server. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| IsWindows Whether we run on Windows. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| JS.AddFileMakerEvaluateFunction Adds an Evaluate function. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.AddFileMakerRunScriptFunction Adds a function to start scripts from JavaScript. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.AddFileMakerSQLFunction Defines a SQL Evaluate function for JavaScript. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.AddFunction Adds a global function defined as a text string. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.CF Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| JS.CallFunction Calls a global function given the name with JSON data. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.CallFunctionValues Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| JS.Evaluate Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.EvaluateToString Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.GetGlobalProperty Queries global property. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.GetGlobalPropertyValue Queries global property. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.InitModules Installs Duktape module loading. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| JS.List Lists all JavaScript object references. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| JS.New Creates a new JavaScript engine instance. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.Now Queries current time as double value. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| JS.ObjectCount Queries global object counter. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| JS.Release Frees the JavaScript engine. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.ReleaseAll Release all JavaScript environments. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| JS.SetGlobalProperty Sets a global property. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.SetGlobalPropertyValue Sets a global property. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JS.StringCount Queries global string counter. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| JS.TimeToDateComponents Converts time to date components. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| JS.TimeToUTCDate Converts time value to timestamp. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| JS.UTCDateToTime Converts date to time value. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddArrayToArray Adds an array to an existing array. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddBooleanToObject Adds a boolean value to an array. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddFalseToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean false value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddItemToArray Adds an item to an array. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddItemToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddNullToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a null value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddNumberToArray Adds a number to an array. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddNumberToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddStringToArray Adds a string to an array. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddStringToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddTrueToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean true value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddValueToArray Adds a value to an array. | All 14.1 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.AddValueToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | All 14.1 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.ArraySlice Slices a JSON array. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.ClearVariables Clears the variables. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Clone Creates a clone of the json. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Colorize Formats a JSON string with color. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Compact Returns compact unformatted JSON for the given JSON text. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateArray Creates new array. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateArrayRef Creates empty array reference. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateBoolean Creates a boolean node with given value. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateDoubleArray Creates a new JSON with a double array with given values. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateFalse Creates a boolean node with false value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateIntegerArray Creates a new JSON with an integer array with given values. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateNull Creates a new NULL entry. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateNumber Creates a new JSON encoded number. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateObject Creates a new empty object node. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateObjectRef Creates empty object reference. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateString Creates a string node with given text. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateStringArray Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateStringArrayWithList Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateTrue Creates a boolean node with true value. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CreateValue Creates a new value. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CurrentMatch Queries JSON for current match in JSON.ReplaceEvaluate function. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.CurrentMatchPath Queries JSON for current match path in JSON.ReplaceEvaluate function. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromArray Deletes an item from an array. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromObject Deletes item from an object. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.DeleteRecord Deletes an existing record in a table in one line using JSON. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.DeleteRecords Deletes existing records in a table in one line using JSON. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.EqualContent Checks if two JSON are equal in content. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Equals Checks if two JSON are equal. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.FilterObjectArray Filters JSON object array to find matching entries. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.FindValueInArray Queries index of value in array. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.FindValueInObjectArray Queries index of value in object array. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Flatten Flattens a json object or array to a single depth object of key-value pairs. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Format Returns pretty printed JSON for the given JSON text. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetArrayItem Queries entry from array with given index. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetArrayItems Queries entries from JSON array. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetArrayItemsAsList Queries a list of all array entries. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetArrayItemsAsQuickList Queries array values as QuickList. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetArrayPathItems Queries value from JSON path in array of objects. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetArraySize Queries the number of array entries. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetBooleanValue Queries boolean value for JSON. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetDoubleValue Queries a floating point value of the JSON node. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetIntegerValue Queries integer value of the JSON node. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetObjectItem Queries named item from an object. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTree Queries named item from an object tree. | All 3.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTreeRef Queries named item from an object tree. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetObjectName Queries name of item in an object. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetObjectNameList Queries names of items in an object. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetObjectSize Queries the number of object items. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetPathItem Queries value from JSON path. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetStringValue Queries string value of the JSON node. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetType Queries type of json object. | All 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.GetValue Queries the value of the json. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import Imports JSON and creates tables, fields and records. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import.ErrorCount Queries error counter. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import.Errors Queries list of error messages. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import.SetBaseFields Sets the names of the base fields per record. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import.SetExtraField Sets the extra field to add to all tables. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Import.Work Performs import. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.InsertOrUpdateRecord Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line using JSON. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.InsertRecord Inserts a new record in a table in one line using JSON. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.InsertRecords Inserts multiple records in a table in one line using JSON. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.IsValid Checks if JSON text is valid. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.JSONPatch.ApplyPatch Applies a patch to a json document. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.JSONPatch.FromDiff Create a JSON Patch from a diff of two json documents. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.List Lists all IDs of current JSON objects. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Merge Merges multiple JSON objects or arrays. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.MergePatch.ApplyPatch Applies a merge patch to a json document. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.MergePatch.FromDiff Create a JSON Merge Patch from a diff of two json documents. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Parse Parses JSON text and return reference number. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Query Performs a JSON Path query. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Release Frees a json reference number. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.ReleaseAll Releases all JSON objects. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Replace Searches for all values that match the JSONPath expression and replaces them with the specified value. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.ReplaceEvaluate Searches for all values that match the JSONPath expression and replaces them with the result of the evaluation. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInArray Replaces an item in an array with new item. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInObject Replaces an item in an object with new item. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Search Performs a JMESPath query. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.SetPathItem Sets a value in a JSON hierarchy. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.SetVariables Creates local variables in script for JSON. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Sort Sorts the JSON array/object. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.SortWithEvaluate Sorts the JSON array/object using an expression to evaluate. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Text Queries JSON as text. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.ToCSV Converts JSON to CSV. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.ToHTML Converts JSON to HTML. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.ToXML Converts JSON to XML. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.Unflatten Unflattens that object back to the original json. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.UpdateRecord Update an existing record in a table in one line using JSON. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| JSON.UpdateRecords Updates existing records in a table in one line using JSON. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| Java.CallObjectMethod Calls a method on an object. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.CallStaticMethod Calls a static method on a class. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.DefineClass Defines a class. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| Java.FindClass Checks if a class is available. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| Java.GetClassFields Queries the list of fields in the class. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Java.GetClassMethods Queries the list of methods in this class. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Java.GetContainerFileName Query container file name to use. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.GetLoadedClasses Queries the list of classes. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Java.GetObjectField Queries a field on an object. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.GetStaticField Queries a static field on a class. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.GetTag Queries the tag value. | Mac/Win/Linux 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Java.Initialize Initializes JavaVM. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.Initialized Checks whether Java VM is initialized. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.List Lists all IDs of java objects. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| Java.NewClassObject Creates a new object and invokes constructor. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.ObjectClassName Queries name of class of an java object. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.Release Releases an object reference. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.ReleaseAll Releases all java objects. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.SetContainerFileName Sets the container file name to use for next containers. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.SetObjectField Sets a field on an object. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.SetStaticField Sets a static field on a class. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Java.SetTag Sets the tag value. | Mac/Win/Linux 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.Available Checks whether the JavaScriptCore library is loaded. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.CF Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | All 12.2 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.CallFunction Calls a global function given the name with FileMaker values. | All 12.2 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.CheckScriptSyntax Checks script syntax. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.EvaluateScript Evaluate a string of JavaScript code. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.GetProperty Queries property value as text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.GetPropertyJSON Queries property value as JSON. | All 12.2 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.HasProperty Checks if a property is defined. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.List Lists all IDs of javascript environment objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.LoadLibrary Loads the JavaScriptCore library. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.New Creates a new javascript context. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.RegisterEvaluateFunction Registers evaluate function. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.RegisterFunction Registers a javascript function. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.RegisterRunScriptFunction Registers a run script function. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.RegisterSQLQueryFunction Registers a SQLQuery function. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.Release Releases a javascript context. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.ReleaseAll Release all JavaScript environments. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.SetProperty Sets property value. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| JavaScript.SetPropertyJSON Sets property value using JSON. | All 12.2 |
✅ Server |
| Keychain.AddPassword Adds a password to keychain. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| Keychain.DeletePassword Delete password from keychain. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| Keychain.ListAccounts Lists the accounts for a database. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| Keychain.ListDatabases Lists databases in keychain. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| Keychain.UpdatePassword Updates password in keychain. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| LCMS.ProfileInfo Queries profile information for an ICC Profile. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.AddJSON Adds an entry to a tree. | Mac/Win/Linux 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.Bind Authenticates a client to the LDAP server. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.Connect Initializes an LDAP connection. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.Delete Removes a leaf entry from the directory tree. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.GetBinaryKeys Queries which attributes should be handled as binary data. | Mac/Win/Linux 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.GetNetworkTimeOut Queries network timeout value. | Mac/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.GetProtocolVersion Queries protocol version for this connection. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.GetReferrals Queries the referrals option. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.GetTimeOut Queries timeout value. | Mac/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.JSON Queries JSON structure of LDAP data. | Mac/Win/Linux 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.List Lists all IDs of LDAP connections. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.ModifyJSON Changes an existing entry. | Mac/Win/Linux 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.Release Releases the connection. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.ReleaseAll Release all LDAP objects. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.Rename Changes the distinguished name of an entry in the directory. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.Search Performs a search. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeCount Queries number of attributes for an entry. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeName Returns the name of an attribute in an entry. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeNames Queries all names of attributes for an entry as a list. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValue Queries a value from search results. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValueCount Queries the number of values for an attribute. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValues Returns the values for an attribute in an entry. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValuesByName Returns the values for an attribute in an entry. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SearchResult.Count Queries number of entries in search results. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SearchResult.DistinguishedName Queries distinguished name for an entry in search results. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SetBinaryKeys Sets which attributes should be handled as binary data. | Mac/Win/Linux 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SetNetworkTimeOut Sets network timeout value. | Mac/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SetProtocolVersion Set the protocol version to use. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SetReferrals Sets the referrals option. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SetTimeOut Sets timeout value. | Mac/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.SimpleBind Authenticates a client to a server, using a plaintext password. | Mac/Win/Linux 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| LDAP.StartTLS Starts encrypted connection. | Mac/Win/Linux 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| List.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.AndColumn Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| List.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| List.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.CountValues Counts values in list. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.CountValuesMatching Count matching entries in list. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| List.DeleteColumn New in 15.5 Deletes a column from each line in a list. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| List.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.Find Finds an entry in the list. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.FindDuplicateItems Finds duplicate items in the list. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| List.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.GetColumn Queries a column from each line in a list. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| List.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| List.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.Intersection Returns a list with values which are contained in all lists. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| List.MapEntries Maps selection of keys from a key list to value list. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| List.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.MatchesSubString Finds list entries which contains a given text. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.NotColumn Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| List.Or Returns values of both lists. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.OrColumn Returns values of both lists. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| List.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.Remove Removes the value with the given index in the list. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.RemoveValue Removes a value from a list. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.RemoveValues We remove all values from the list. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| List.Shuffle Shuffles the items in the list. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| List.Sort Sorts the list. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.SortWithEvaluate Sorts a list with using an expression to evaluate. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| List.SubList Returns a part of the list. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| List.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| List.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| List.XOrColumn Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| ListDialog.AddItemToList Adds a line to the list. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.AddItemsToList Adds entries to the list. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.AddSQL Adds items via SQL statement. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.ClearColumnHeaders Clears column headers. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.ClearList Clears the list. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.ColumnCount Queries column count. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetAllowEmptySelection Queries whether empty selection is allowed. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetAllowMultipleSelection Queries whether multiple selection is allowed. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetCancelButtonLabel Queries the caption of the cancel button. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetCancelButtonValue Queries cancel button value. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetChecked Queries check state. | Mac/Win 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetCheckedTags Queries list of checked items. | Mac/Win 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetCheckedTitles Queries list of checked items. | Mac/Win 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetCloseDialogOnDoubleClick Queries whether to close dialog on double click. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetColumnAlignment Queries column alignment. | Mac/Win 11.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetColumnHeader Queries column header text. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetColumnWidth Queries column width. | Mac/Win 11.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetFilter Queries the current filter text. | Mac/Win/iOS 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetHeight Queries height of dialog. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetOtherButtonEvaluate Queries expression to evaluate for other button. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetOtherButtonLabel Queries the caption of the other button. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetOtherButtonNeedsSelection Queries whether an other button needs a selection just like Select button. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetOtherButtonValue Queries other button value. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetPositionX Queries dialog position. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetPositionY Queries dialog position. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetPrompt Queries the current prompt text. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetSelectButtonLabel Queries the caption of the select button. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetSelectButtonValue Queries select button value. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetSelectedTag Queries the selected tag. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetSelectedTitle Queries title of the selected item. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetShowCheckboxes Queries whether to show checkboxes. | Mac/Win 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetShowCloseBox Queries whether the close box is enabled. | Mac/Win 14.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetShowsFilter Queries whether to show a filter. | Mac/Win/iOS 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetSwapButtons Query whether to swap buttons. | Mac/Win 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetUsesAlternatingRowBackgroundColors Whether alternating row background colors should be used. | Mac/iOS 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetWidth Queries the width of the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.IsVisible Query whether dialog is visible. | Mac/Win/iOS 13.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.ListCount Queries number of list entries. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.ListItem Queries the text displayed for the given index. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.ListTag Queries the tag for the given index. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.Reset Resets all list dialog options. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetAllowEmptySelection Sets whether empty selection is allowed. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetAllowMultipleSelection Sets whether multiple selection is allowed. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetCancelButtonLabel Sets the caption of the cancel button. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetCancelButtonValue Sets the value returned by ShowDialog function if the cancel button was clicked. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetChecked Sets check state for a row. | Mac/Win 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetCloseDialogOnDoubleClick Sets whether to close dialog on double click. | Mac/Win/iOS 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetColumnAlignment Sets the column alignment. | Mac/Win 11.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetColumnCount Sets column count. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetColumnHeader Sets the column header text. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetColumnWidth Sets column width to use. | Mac/Win 11.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetFilter Sets the current filter text. | Mac/Win/iOS 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetHeight Sets the height of the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetOtherButtonEvaluate Sets the other button evaluate. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetOtherButtonLabel Sets the caption of the other button. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetOtherButtonNeedsSelection Sets whether an other button needs a selection just like Select button. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetOtherButtonValue Sets the value returned by ShowDialog function if the other button was clicked. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetPosition Sets position for dialog. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetPositionX Sets position for dialog. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetPositionY Sets position for dialog. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetPrompt Sets prompt text. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetSelectButtonLabel Sets the caption of the select button. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetSelectButtonValue Sets the value returned by ShowDialog function if the select button was clicked. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetSelectedTag Sets which item is selected. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetSelectedTitle Sets which item is selected. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetShowCheckboxes Sets whether to show checkboxes. | Mac/Win 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetShowCloseBox Sets whether the close box widget is enabled. | Mac/Win 14.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetShowsFilter Whether to show a filter field. | Mac/Win/iOS 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetSwapButtons Whether to swap buttons. | Mac/Win 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetUsesAlternatingRowBackgroundColors Set whether alternating row background colors should be used. | Mac/iOS 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetWidth Sets the width of the dialog. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.SetWindowTitle Sets window title. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.ShowDialog Shows the dialog. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| ListDialog.Sort Sorts entries. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| Log Writes the given values to the debug console. | All 2.2 |
✅ Server |
| MailComposer.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.AddAttachmentText Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.CanSendMail Whether emails can be send. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.Error The last error from sending email. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.GetBCCRecipients Queries BCC recipients. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.GetCCRecipients Queries CC recipients. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when email composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.GetMessageBody Queries message text. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.GetSubject Queries subject text. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.GetTORecipients Queries TO recipients. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.New Initializes the mail composer panel. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.Present Presents the email composer view. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.Result Queries result of email composer. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.SetBCCRecipients Sets the BCC header for the email message to the specified email addresses. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.SetCCRecipients Sets the CC header for the email message to the specified email addresses. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.SetMessageBody Sets the body of the email message to the specified content. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.SetScript Sets the script to call when composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.SetSubject Sets the Subject header for the email message. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MailComposer.SetTORecipients Sets the To header for the email message to the specified email addresses. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.AddCircle Adds a circle overlay. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.AddPoint Adds a point or pin to the map. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.AddPolygon Adds a polygon to the map. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.AddPolyline Adds a poly line to the map. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.Annotations Queries list of annotations. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.CoordinateForPoint Queries coordinate for a point. | Mac/iOS 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.CreateWithControl Creates a new map view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.CreateWithSize Creates a new map view inside the window with the given rectangle. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.FormatDistance Formats a distance. | Mac/iOS 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| MapView.GetAnnotationCoordinate Queries the coordinate for the annotation (or overlay). | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetAnnotationDragImage Queries drag image used for an annotation. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetAnnotationImage Queries current image used for an annotation. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetAnnotationSelectedImage Queries selected image used for an annotation. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetCenterCoordinateLatitude Queries latitude of coordinate. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetCenterCoordinateLongitude Queries latitude of coordinate. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetHeight Queries current height of image view. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetLeft Queries current position of the image view. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetMapType Queries map types. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetOverlayFillColor Queries fill color for an overlay. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetOverlayLineWidth Queries line width for an overlay. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetOverlayPoints Queries overlay points. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetOverlayStrokeColor Queries stroke color for an overlay. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetPitchEnabled Queries pitch enabled state. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetRegion Queries current region visible. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetRegionLatitude Queries latitude of current region. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetRegionLatitudeSpan Queries latitude delta of current region. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetRegionLongitude Queries longitude of current region. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetRegionLongitudeSpan Queries longitude delta of current region. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetRotateEnabled Queries rotate enabled state. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetScrollEnabled Queries scroll enabled state. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetShowsBuildings Queries building state. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetShowsCompass Queries compass state. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetShowsPointsOfInterest Queries whether points of interest show. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetShowsScale Queries scale state. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetShowsTraffic Queries traffic visible state. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetShowsUserLocation Queries whether to show user location. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetShowsZoomControls Quries zoom controls state. | Mac only 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this image view. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetToolTip Queries tooltip text. | Mac only 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetVisibleMapRect Queries area currently displayed by the map view. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetWidth Queries current width of the map view. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetWindow Queries window number for the window the MapView is placed on. | Mac/iOS 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetZoomEnabled Queries zoom allowed state. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.GetZoomLevel Queries current zoom level. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.IsUserLocationVisible Whether the device’s current location is visible in the map view. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.List Lists all IDs of map view objects. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MapView.MouseCoordinate Queries current coordinates for mouse cursor. | Mac only 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.Overlays Queries list of overlays. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.ParseDistance Parses distance string. | Mac/iOS 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| MapView.PlanRoute Plans a route. | Mac/iOS 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| MapView.PointForCoordinate Queries point for a coordinate. | Mac/iOS 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.Release Releases the map view and reclaims memory. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all map views. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.RemoveAnnotation Removes an annotation from the map view. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.RemoveAnnotations Removes all annotations. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.RemoveOverlay Removes an overlay from the map view. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.RemoveOverlays Removes all overlays. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| MapView.Screenshot Renders screenshot of the map view. | Mac/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SelectedAnnotations Queries list of selected annotations. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetAnnotationCoordinate Sets the coordinate for the annotation (or overlay). | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetAnnotationDragImage Sets new drag image for annotation. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetAnnotationImage Sets new image for annotation. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetAnnotationSelectedImage Sets new selected image for annotation. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetColor Sets color of a Pin. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetCoordinate Sets center coordinate of the map. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the map view. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions map view to given control. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetMapType Sets the map type. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetOverlayFillColor Sets fill color for an overlay. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetOverlayLineWidth Sets the line width to use to draw it. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetOverlayPoints Sets new overlay points. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetOverlayStrokeColor Sets stroke color for an overlay. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetPitchEnabled Enables or disables pitch. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetRegion Sets the current region. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetRotateEnabled Enables or disables rotation. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetScript Sets script trigger. | Mac/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetScrollEnabled Enables or disables scrolling. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetShowsBuildings Shows or hides buildings. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetShowsCompass Shows or hides compass. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetShowsPointsOfInterest Shows or hides points of interest. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetShowsScale Sets whether to show scale. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetShowsTraffic Enables or disables traffic. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetShowsUserLocation Sets whether to show user location. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetShowsZoomControls Shows or hides zoom controls. | Mac only 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this map view. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetToolTip Sets tooltip for map view. | Mac only 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetVisible Hides or shows the map view. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetVisibleMapRect Sets visible map rectangle. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetZoomEnabled Enables or disables zoom. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.SetZoomLevel Sets zoom level. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.ShowAddress Shows an address. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.ShowAllAnnotations Zooms map to show all annotations. | Mac/iOS 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| MapView.Snapshot Creates a map snapshot. | Mac/iOS 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| MarkDown.CSS Queries CSS for the markdown. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| MarkDown.Colorize New in 16.0 Colorizes the Markdown. | All 16.0 |
✅ Server |
| MarkDown.Create Creates a new MarkDown convert object with given markdown code. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| MarkDown.HTML Queries html for the markdown. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| MarkDown.HTMLDocument New in 15.5 Queries html document for the markdown. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| MarkDown.List Lists all IDs of markdown objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MarkDown.Release Releases the mark down object. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| MarkDown.ReleaseAll Frees all markdown objects. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| MarkDown.StyledText New in 15.5 Creates styled text for the markdown. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Average Calculates average of given values. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.BitwiseAND Perform bitwise AND operation. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.BitwiseNOT Perform bitwise not operation. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.BitwiseOR Perform bitwise or operation. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.BitwiseRotate Rotates the bits in a 64-bit integer number. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Math.BitwiseShiftLeft Perform bitwise shift left. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.BitwiseShiftRight Perform bitwise shift right. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.BitwiseXOR Perform bitwise xor operation. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.ClearBit Clears a bit in a 64-bit number. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Math.DecToHex Converts a number to a hexadecimal number. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| Math.DecodeNumber Decodes a number from it's binary representation. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| Math.EncodeNumber Encodes a number as binary data as hex text. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| Math.FormatNumber Formats a number. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.GetBit Queries a bit in a 64-bit number. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Math.HexToDec Converts a hexadecimal number to a normal decimal number. | All 2.5 |
✅ Server |
| Math.InchToPixel Converts a inch value to pixel. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| Math.IsValidCC Verifies a credit card number. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Max Calculates maximum of given values. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Median Calculates median of given values. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.MillimeterToPixel Converts a millimeter value to pixel. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Min Calculates minimum of given values. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.MovingAverage Calculates moving average. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Multiply Multiplies values. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.NormInv Calculates NormInv function like in Excel. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.NumberToText Converts a number value to a text string. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Math.PixelToInch Converts a pixel value to inch. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| Math.PixelToMillimeter Converts a pixel value to millimeter. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| Math.PolylineDecode Decodes number from Polyline Algorithm Format. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Math.PolylineEncode Encodes number in Polyline Algorithm Format. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Random.ExponentialDistribution Generates a random number using exponential distribution. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Random.NormalDistribution Generates a random number using normal distribution. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Random.PoissonDistribution Generates a random number using poisson distribution. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Rate Returns the interest rate per period of an annuity. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Reciprocal Calculates reciprocals of values. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.SetBit Sets a bit in a 64-bit number. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Math.StandardDeviation Calculates standard deviation of given values. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.Sum Calculates sum of given values. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Math.TextToNumber Converts a text to a number. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Add Adds a value to cells in matrix. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.AddColumn Adds one column to a matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.AddColumns Adds columns to a matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.AddRow Adds a row to the matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.AddRows Adds rows to the matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Append Appends second matrix to first one. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Avg Calculates average value in a matrix column. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.CSV Queries text of matrix for CSV export. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Clear Clears the matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.ClearValues Clears all values in the matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Clone Creates a copy of a matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.ConvertDataType Converts the data types. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.CopyColumn Copies a column from one (or same) matrix to another column. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.CopyContent Copies the content of a matrix into another matrix. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.CopyRow Copies a row from one (or same) matrix to another row. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.DataType Queries data type of a value. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Evaluate Evaluates an expression for each cell. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.GetColumn Queries text of a whole column. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.GetColumnName Queries column name. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.GetColumnNames Queries column names. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.GetRow Queries text of a whole row. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.GetRowName Queries row name. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.GetRowNames Queries row names. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.GetText Queries text of whole matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.GetValue Queries a single value. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.HTML Queries html of matrix. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Height Queries height of matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.InsertColumn Inserts one column into a matrix. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.InsertRecords Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.InsertRecordsToSQL Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.InsertRow Inserts one row into a matrix. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.JSONRecord Returns a row as JSON object. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.JSONRecords Returns rows as JSON array. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.List Lists all IDs of current Matrix objects. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Lookup Queries value without errors. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Max Queries max value in a matrix column. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Min Queries min value in a matrix column. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Multiply Multiplies a value with cells in matrix. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.New Creates a new matrix (2D array). | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.NewWithSQL Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Release Frees the matrix object. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.ReleaseAll Releases all matrix objects. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.RemoveColumn Removes a column. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.RemoveRow Removes a row. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Resize Resizes matrix to given height and width. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Rotate Rotates a matrix. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.SetColumn Sets a column to the given texts. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.SetColumnName Sets column name. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.SetColumnNames Sets column names. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.SetRow Sets a row to the given texts. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.SetRowName Sets row name. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.SetRowNames Sets row names. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.SetValue Sets a single value in the matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Sum Calculates sum value in a matrix column. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Text Queries text of matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Matrix.Width Queries width of matrix. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.getMediaLibraries Queries which media libraries are currently showing. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.getVisible Queries visible state of the browser panel. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.setFrame Sets the panel rectangle. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.setMediaLibraries Sets which media type is shown in browser. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.setVisible Sets visible state of the panel. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.togglePanel Toggles the panel. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.AddItem Adds a menu item to the end of the menu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.AddItems Adds a couple of menu items. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.CreateMenu Creates a menu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.DefineQuickMenu Builds a new menu from a definition text with menu items. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.DefineQuickMenuXML Defines a menu based on a xml description. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.FindItemWithTag Finds a menu entry with given tag in a menu. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.FindItemWithTitle Finds a menu entry with given title in a menu. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.GetAllowsContextMenuPlugIns Returns whether the popup menu allows appending of contextual menu plugin items. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when menu is chosen. | Mac/Win 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.GetMinimumWidth Returns the minimum width of the menu. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.GetScriptFileName Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.GetShowsStateColumn Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver displays the state column. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.GetTag Queries the tag value of the menu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.GetTitle Queries the menu title. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered for menu action. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.InsertItem Inserts a menu item into the receiver at a specific location. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.IsOpen Returns 1 while a menu is open. | Mac/Win 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.ItemAtIndex Queries the ID of the menu item with given index. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.Items Queries the list of IDs for the menu items. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.List Queries list of all IDs for menu objects. | Mac/Win 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.NumberOfItems Returns the number of menu items in the menu, including separator items. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.PopUp Pops up the menu at the specified location. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.Release Releases the menu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.ReleaseAll Releases all menus and menu items. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.RemoveAllItems Removes all the menu items in the receiver. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.RemoveItem Removes a menu item from the menu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.RemoveItemAtIndex Removes the menu item at a specified location in the menu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.SelectedItem Returns the reference number of the selected menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.SetAllowsContextMenuPlugIns Sets whether the popup menu allows appending of contextual menu plugin items. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when menu is chosen. | Mac/Win 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.SetMinimumWidth Set the minimum width of the menu. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.SetScriptAction Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.SetShowsStateColumn Sets whether the receiver displays the state column. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.SetTag Sets the tag of the menu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.SetTitle Sets the menu title. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menu.SetURL Sets the URL to query when menu is used. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.CreateMenuItem Creates a new menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.CreateSeparator Creates a new separator menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetAlternate Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is an alternate to the previous menu item. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetAttributedTitle Queries the title with styles. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetBackColor Queries background color for menu item. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetBold Queries if menu item should use bold font style. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetEnabled Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is enabled. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when MenuItem is chosen. | Mac/Win 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetFontColor Queries font color for menu item. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetFontName Queries font name to use. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetFontSize Queries font size to use for menu item. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetGroupID Queries the group id of the menu item. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetHidden Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the menu item is hidden. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetImage Queries the image for this menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetItalic Queries if menu item should use italic font style. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetKeyEquivalent Returns the menuitem's unmodified keyboard equivalent. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetKeyEquivalentModifierMask Returns the receiver's keyboard equivalent modifier mask. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetMixedStateImage Returns the image used to depict a mixed state. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetOffStateImage Returns the image used to depict the receiver's off state. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetOnStateImage Returns the image used to depict the receiver's on state. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetParentItem Returns the menu item whose submenu contains the menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetParentMenu Returns the menu containing the menu item. | Mac/Win 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetPath Queries path of a menu item in a menu hierarchy. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetRequireCommand Queries if this meantime only shows if command key is pressed. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetRequireControl Queries if this meantime only shows if control key is pressed. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetRequireOption Queries if this meantime only shows if option/alt key is pressed. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetRequireShift Queries if this meantime only shows if shift key is pressed. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetScriptFileName Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetState Returns the state of the menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetStrikeOut Queries strikeout setting for menu item. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetSubMenu Returns the submenu associated with the receiving menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetTag Queries the tag value of the menu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetTitle Queries title of menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetToolTip Returns the help tag for a menu item. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered for menu item action. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetUnderline Queries if menu item should use underline font style. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.GetUserKeyEquivalent Returns the user-assigned key equivalent for the menu item. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.HasSubmenu Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver has a submenu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.IsSeparatorItem Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is a separator item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.List Queries list of all IDs for menu item objects. | Mac/Win 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.Release Releases the menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.ReleaseAll Frees all menus and menu items. | Mac/Win 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetAlternate Marks the receiver as an alternate to the previous menu item. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetAttributedTitle Applies a formatted text to the menu item. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetBackColor Sets the back color of the menu item. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetBold Sets menu item to use bold font style. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetEnabled Sets whether the menu item is enabled. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when menu item is chosen. | Mac/Win 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetFontColor Sets the font color to use. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetFontName Sets the font name to use. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetFontSize Sets the font size to use. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetGroupID Sets the group id of the menu item. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetHidden Sets whether the menu item is hidden. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetImage Sets the menu item image. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetItalic Sets menu item to use italic font style. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetKeyEquivalent Sets the receiver's unmodified key equivalent. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetKeyEquivalentModifierMask Sets the menu items's keyboard equivalent modifiers. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetMixedStateImage Sets the image of the receiver that indicates a "mixed" state, that is, a state neither "on" nor "off". | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetOffStateImage Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "off" state. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetOnStateImage Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "on" state. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetRequireCommand Set to show menu item only if command key is pressed down. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetRequireControl Set to show menu item only if control key is pressed down. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetRequireOption Set to show menu item only if alt/option key is pressed down. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetRequireShift Set to show menu item only if shift key is pressed down. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetScriptAction Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetState Sets the state of the menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetStrikeOut Sets the strikeout value of the menu item. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetSubMenu Sets the submenu of the menu item. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetTag Sets the tag of the menu. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetTitle Sets the menuitem's title. | Mac/Win 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetToolTip Sets a help tag for a menu item. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetURL Sets the URL to query when menuitem is used. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| MenuItem.SetUnderline Sets menu item to use underline font style. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menubar.HasMenuCommand Checks whether menu command exists. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Menubar.IsMenuCommandChecked Checks if a menubar item is checked. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| Menubar.ListMenuCommands Lists all menu commands. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Menubar.RemoveMenuCommand Removes a menu entry. | Mac/Win 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Menubar.RunMenuCommand Runs a menu command. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Menubar.SetMenuCommandShortcut Sets the menu item shortcut. | Mac only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Menubar.SetMenuCommandTitle Sets the title of a menu item. | Mac/Win 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| Menubar.SetMenuCommandVisible Show or hide a menu command. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.CanSendAttachments Checks whether we can send attachments. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.CanSendSubject Checks whether we can send subject. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.CanSendText Checks whether we can send text. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when email composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.GetMessageBody Queries message body. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.GetRecipients Queries list of recipients. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.GetSubject Queries subject text. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.New Initializes the message composer panel. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.Present Presents the message composer view. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.Result Queries result of email composer. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.SetMessageBody Sets the body of the message to the specified content. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.SetRecipients Defines recipients. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.SetScript Sets the script to call when composer is done. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.SetSubject Sets the Subject header for the email message. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MessageComposer.disableUserAttachments Disable user attachments. | iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.AttributesForFile Queries properties for a file. | Mac only 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.Close Frees the metadata query. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.Create Creates a new metadata search object. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when shell is done. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in when shell is done. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
❌ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptName Queries name of script to call when shell is done. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
❌ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.IsGathering Query whether gathering. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStarted Query whether search is started. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStopped Query whether search is stopped. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.List Lists all IDs of metadata query objects. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.PathAtIndex Queries path of an item in results. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.Paths Queries file paths. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.QueryString Queries the query string. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultAtIndex Queries an item from result as JSON. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultCount Queries number of found items. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.Results Queries results. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.SearchScopes Queries the search scopes. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when initial gathering is done. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.SetQueryString Sets the predicate to search. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.SetScript Sets which script to call when initial gathering is done. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
❌ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.SetSearchScopes Sets the search scopes. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.StartQuery Attempts to start the query. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| MetaDataQuery.StopQuery Stops the receiver’s current query from gathering any further results. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| Modbus.CalculateRTUMessageCRC Calculates the RTU Message CRC string. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.AbortTransaction Abort a multi-document transaction. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.AggregateCollection Creates an aggregate collection. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.AggregateDatabase Creates an aggregate database. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.BSONtoJSON Converts BSON to JSON. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.ChangeStreamErrorDocument Checks if an error has occurred when creating or iterating over a change stream. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.ChangeStreamResumeToken Queries resume token. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.ClientCommand Execute a command on the server, interpreting options according to the MongoDB server version. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.ClientCommandWithServerId This function executes a command on a specific server, using the database and command specification provided. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CloseChangeStream Closes change stream. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CloseCollection Closes the current collection explicitly. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CloseCursor Closes cursor. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CloseDatabase Closes the current database explicitly. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CollectionName Queries name of current collection. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CollectionNames Fetches the list of the names of all of the collections in database. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.Command Execute a command on the server. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CommitTransaction Commit a multi-document transaction. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.Connect Connects the client using the URI provided. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.ContainerToBinary Converts a container to JSON for MongoDB. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CreateCollection Creates a collection in the database. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorBatchSize Queries batch size. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorCurrent Queries current record as JSON. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorErrorDocument Checks to see if an error has occurred while iterating the cursor. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorGetMaxAwaitTimeMS The maximum amount of time for the server to wait on new documents to satisfy a tailable cursor query. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorID Retrieves the cursor id used by the server to track the cursor. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorLimit Queries current limit. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorMore Whether there may be more data. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorNext Queries the next record as JSON. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorRecords Queries the all records as JSON. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorSetBatchSize Sets batch size, | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorSetLimit Limits the number of documents in the result set. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.CursorSetMaxAwaitTimeMS Sets the maximum amount of time for the server to wait on new documents to satisfy a tailable cursor query. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.DatabaseCommand Creates a collection in the database. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.DatabasesNames Queries the MongoDB server for a list of known databases. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.DeleteMany Deletes many records. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.DeleteOne Deletes one record. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.EstimatedDocumentCount Executes a count query on collection. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.Find Query on collection, passing arbitrary query options to the server in options. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.FindCollections Fetches a cursor containing documents, each corresponding to a collection on this database. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.FindDatabases Fetches list of database records. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.FindIndexes Fetches a cursor containing documents, each corresponding to an index on this collection. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetAppName Queries the client application name. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetAuthMechanism Queries authentication mechanism. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetAuthSource Queries authorization source. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetCompressors Queries compressors. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetCredentials Queries credentials as JSON. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetOptions Queries the options from the URL. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetPassword Queries password used for login. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetServiceHostName Queries service hostname for login. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetServiceName Queries service name for login. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetTLS Whether this connection is set to be encrypted. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetURI Fetches the URI as a string. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.GetUserName Queries username for login. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.HasCollection Checks to see if a collection exists on the MongoDB server within database. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.InTransaction Check whether a multi-document transaction is in progress for this session. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.InsertMany Insert documents into collection. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.InsertOne Inserts a document into collection. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.IsTracing Queries whether trace is enabled. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.JSONtoBSON Converts JSON to BSON. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.Keys Queries current collection to find all the key names. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.LibraryVersion Queries library version. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.List Lists all IDs of current MongoDB objects. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.New Creates a new MongoDB object. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.NewCursorFromCommandReply Creates a cursor object from the reply of a command. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.NextChange Iterates the underlying change stream, returning the next document. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.NowUTC Create a new JSON value with current date and time. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.OpenCollection Sets the current collection. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.OpenDatabase Opens the given database. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.OpenDefaultDatabase Selects default database. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.Ping Sends ping command. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.Release Frees the MongoDB object. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.ReleaseAll Frees all MongoDB objects. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.Rename This function is a helper to rename an existing collection on a MongoDB server. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.ReplaceOne This replace one document in the collection that match selector with replacement. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SSLLibrary Queries SSL library used. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.ServerDescription Get information about the server specified by ServerID. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.ServerDescriptions Fetches an server descroptions for all known servers in the topology. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SetAppName Sets the client application name. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SetAuthMechanism Sets authentication mechanism. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SetAuthSource Sets authentication source. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SetCompressors Sets compressors to use. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SetDatabase Sets the URI's database, after the URI has been parsed. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SetPassword Sets user password for login. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SetSSLOptions Sets the TLS (SSL) options to use when connecting to TLS enabled MongoDB servers. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SetURI Sets the URI. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.SetUserName Sets user name for login. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.StartTransaction Start a multi-document transaction for all following operations in this session. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.TextToBinary Converts a text to JSON for MongoDB. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.Time Create a new JSON value with given timestamp. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.Trace Enables or disables trace. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.TransactionState Returns the current transaction state for this session. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.UpdateMany Updates many documents in collection that matches selector. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.UpdateOne Updates at most one document in collection that matches selector. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.WatchClient Creates a change stream for a client. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.WatchCollection Creates a change stream for a collection. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MongoDB.WatchDatabase Creates a change stream for a database. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| MountNotification.Install Installs a script trigger to be called when a disk mounts/unmounts. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| MountNotification.Uninstall Uninstalls notification for mount script trigger. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| MouseCursor.Hide Hides the mouse cursor. | Mac/Win 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| MouseCursor.HideUntilMouseMoves Hides mouse until user moves it. | Mac/Win 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| MouseCursor.Set Sets the mouse cursor. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| MouseCursor.Show Shows the mouse cursor. | Mac/Win 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| Msgbox A simple method to show a dialog box with one text. | All 2.2 |
❌ Server |
| Mutex.Create Creates a new mutex with given name. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Mutex.GetTag Queries the tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Mutex.List Lists all Mutex reference numbers. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Mutex.Lock Locks the mutex. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Mutex.Name Queries name of mutex. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Mutex.Release Frees a mutex. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Mutex.ReleaseAll Releases all mutex objects. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Mutex.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Mutex.TryLock Tries to lock the mutex. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| Mutex.Unlock Unlocks the mutex. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| NSEventFilter.DisableEvents Disable some events. | Mac only 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| NSEventFilter.EnableAllEvents Enables all events. | Mac only 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| NSEventFilter.EnableEvents Enable some events which had been disabled before. | Mac only 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| NetworkInterfaces.Count Queries number of network interfaces found. | Mac/Linux/iOS 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| NetworkInterfaces.Default Queries default network interface. | Mac/Linux/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| NetworkInterfaces.JSON Returns all network interfaces as JSON. | Mac/Linux/iOS 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| NetworkInterfaces.Update Queries current network interfaces. | Mac/Linux/iOS 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| NetworkInterfaces.Value Queries the | Mac/Linux/iOS 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Notification.List Returns list of all notification names registered. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| Notification.Listen Starts listening for a notification. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| Notification.Send Sends a notification. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| Notification.SendDirect Sends a notification within FileMaker to all listener. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Notification.Unlisten Unregisters a notification handler. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| Notification.UnlistenAll Stops listening to all notifications. | Mac/Win 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.Cleanup Shutdown the engine and free all memory. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.Clear Free up recognition results and any stored image data, without actually freeing any recognition data that would be time-consuming to reload. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.GetBoxText The recognized text is returned as a text which is coded in the same format as a box file used in training. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.GetHOCRText Make a HTML-formatted string with hOCR markup from the internal data structures. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.GetPageSegMode Queries page segmentation mode. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.GetText Returns recognized text. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.GetTextAsJSON Queries result as JSON. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.GetTextWithCoordinates Queries text with coordinates. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.GetVariable Queries a variable. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.Initialize Initializes tesseract. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.IsInitialized Checks if OCR library has been initialized. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.IsLoaded Whether newer tesseract is loaded. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.Language Return the language used in the last valid initialization. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.Load Loads newer tesseract engine. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.MeanTextConf Returns the (average) confidence value between 0 and 100. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.Recognize Recognize the image. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.SetImage Provide an image for Tesseract to recognize. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.SetImageContainer Loads a picture from container. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.SetImageFile Loads a picture from file directly. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.SetPageSegMode Sets page segmentation mode. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.SetRectangle Restrict recognition to a sub-rectangle of the image. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.SetResolution Set the resolution of the source image in pixels per inch. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.SetVariable Sets a variable. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.Version Query version of Tesseract library. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| OCR.WriteToPDF Writes text on the PDF. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Overlay.AddWebViewer Adds a web viewer to an overlay. | Mac only 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Overlay.Alpha Queries the current alpha value of the window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.Create Creates a new overlay window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetHasShadow Queries whether this window has a shadow. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetHeight Queries height of a window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetLeft Queries X coordinate of a window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetMouseClickEvaluate Queries the expression to be run on a mouse click. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetMouseClickScriptName Queries the script to run on a mouse click. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetMouseEnterEvaluate Queries the expression to be run on a mouse enters the window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetMouseEnterScriptName Queries the script to run on a mouse enter. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetMouseExitEvaluate Queries the expression to be run on a mouse exits the window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetMouseExitScriptName Queries the script to run on a mouse exits. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetMovableByWindowBackground Queries whether the window can be moved with the mouse. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetTag Queries tag for window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetTitle Queries current window title. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetTop Queries Y coordinate of a window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetTopMost Queries whether window is topmost. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.GetWidth Queries width of a window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.IgnoresMouseEvents Whether the window ignores mouse events. | Mac only 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.IsVisible Queries whether a window is visible. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.List Lists all IDs of current overlay objects. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.MouseX Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.MouseY Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.Move Moves the window the given position. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.Release Releases the overlay window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.ReleaseAll Releases all overlay windows. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.Resize Resizes the window to the desired size. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetAlpha Set Alpha can be used to set the transparency of a window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetFocus Sets focus to the Window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetFrame Sets the size and position of the overlay. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetFrameWithControl Sets the size and position of the overlay based on a given control. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetHasShadow Sets whether window has a shadow. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetIgnoresMouseEvents Sets whether the window ignores mouse clicks. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetImage Sets the image to show in the container. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetMouseClickEvaluate Sets expression to be run on a mouse click. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetMouseClickScript Sets the script to run on a mouse click. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetMouseEnterEvaluate Sets expression to be run on a mouse enter. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetMouseEnterScript Sets the script to run on a mouse enter. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetMouseExitEvaluate Sets expression to be run on a mouse exit. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetMouseExitScript Sets the script to run on a mouse exit. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetMovableByWindowBackground Sets whether the window can be moved with the mouse. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetTag Sets tag for window. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetTitle Sets the window title. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetTopMost Sets window to be topmost. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| Overlay.SetVisible Sets whether the window is visible. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| PDFKit.AddEmptyPage Adds an empty page to the given PDF document. | Mac/iOS 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.AddImageFilePage Adds a new page to PDF document with given image file. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.AddImagePage Adds a new page to PDF document with given image. | Mac/iOS 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.AppendPages Copies pages from one PDF to append other PDF. | Mac/iOS 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.Combine Creates a new PDF file with all the given PDF files/references. | Mac/iOS 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.CombineRef Creates a new PDF document with all the given PDF files/references and returns the new PDF reference. | Mac/iOS 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GeneratePreview Adds preview to an existing PDF container. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetCurrentFilter Queries name of current selected filter. | Mac only 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetIgnoreCombineErrors Returns status of Combine Error handling. | Mac/iOS 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFAttribute Queries a PDF attribute. | Mac/iOS 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFDocument Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF document. | Mac/iOS 2.2 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageCount Queries the number of the pages in the PDF document. | Mac/iOS 2.1 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation Gets whether annotations are drawn. | Mac/iOS 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageFormattedText Queries the styled text of a page in a PDF document. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageImage Renders an image of a page in a PDF document. | Mac/iOS 2.1 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDF Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | Mac/iOS 2.2 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDFRef Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | Mac/iOS 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageRotation Returns the page rotation angle in degrees. | Mac/iOS 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageText Queries the text of a page in a PDF document. | Mac/iOS 2.1 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageValue Queries a page property. | Mac/iOS 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDF Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | Mac/iOS 2.2 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDFRef Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | Mac/iOS 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPDFText Queries the text of the PDF document. | Mac/iOS 2.1 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPrintLastSettings Queries current print settings. | Mac/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPrintOption Queries a custom option. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PDFKit.GetPrintSetting Queries print settings for printing PDF. | Mac only 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.List Lists all IDs of PDFKit objects. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.NewPDFDocument Creates a new empty PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | Mac/iOS 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.Open Opens a PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | Mac/iOS 2.2 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.OpenContainer Opens a PDF from container value and returns a PDF Reference value. | Mac/iOS 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.OpenPath Opens a PDF from a file path and returns a PDF Reference value. | Mac/iOS 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.OpenURL Opens a PDF from an URL and returns a PDF Reference value. | Mac/iOS 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.PageBounds Returns the bounds for the specified PDF display box. | Mac/iOS 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.Print Prints a PDF without dialogs. | Mac/iOS 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.Release Releases a PDF reference. | Mac/iOS 2.1 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.ReleaseAll Release all PDFKit documents. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.ResetPrintSettings Resets print settings to default settings. | Mac/iOS 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.RestorePrintSettings Restores print settings. | Mac/iOS 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.SavePrintSettings Saves current print settings. | Mac/iOS 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.SelectPrinter Shows the printer picker. | iOS 14.2 |
❌ Server |
| PDFKit.SetCurrentFilter Sets the current filter. | Mac only 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.SetIgnoreCombineErrors Sets whether Combine operation should report error if you did not pass PDF files or references. | Mac/iOS 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.SetPDFAttribute Sets a PDF attribute. | Mac/iOS 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation Sets whether annotations are drawn. | Mac/iOS 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageRotation Sets the rotation angle for the page in degrees. | Mac/iOS 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.SetPrintOption Sets custom print options. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PDFKit.SetPrintSetting Sets print settings for printing PDF. | Mac/iOS 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.Watermark Adds a watermark to a page. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.WriteToPath Writes the PDF to the given file path. | Mac/iOS 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.allowsCopying Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows copying of content to the Pasteboard. | Mac/iOS 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.allowsPrinting Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows printing. | Mac/iOS 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.isEncrypted Returns a Boolean value specifying whether the document is encrypted. | Mac/iOS 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| PDFKit.isLocked Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document is locked. | Mac/iOS 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.CA Queries certificate with given index. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.CACount Queries number of other certificates. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.Cert Queries the X509 certificate in the PKCS12 file. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.List Lists all IDs of PKCS12 objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.PKey Queries the private key from the PKCS12 file. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.ReadFromContainer Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file in container. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.ReadFromFile Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.Release Releases the PKCS12 from memory. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.ReleaseAll Release all PKCS12 keys. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS12.ShowDialog Shows standard dialog with details. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PKCS12.SignData Creates a PKCS#7 signature for given data. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS7.List Lists all IDs of PKCS7 objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS7.ReadFromContainer Reads PKCS#7 from a file in container. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS7.ReadFromFile Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS#7 file. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS7.Release Releases the PKCS7 from memory. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS7.ReleaseAll Release all PKCS7 keys. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS7.SignedDataCert Queries signing certificate with given index. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS7.SignedDataCertCount Queries number of signing certificates. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| PKCS7.SignedDataContent Queries content signed. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.Bits Queries number of bits of key. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.DescriptionPrivateKey Describes the private key. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.DescriptionPublicKey Describes the public key. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.GetPrivateKey Queries private key as PEM file text. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.GetPublicKey Queries public key as PEM file text. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.List Lists all IDs of private key objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.Read Reads a private/public key from PEM certificate from text. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.ReadFromContainer Reads a key from a container value. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.ReadFromFile Reads a key from a PEM file. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.Release Releases the private key from memory. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.ReleaseAll Release all private keys. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| PKey.Type Queries the type of key. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| PList.ReadData Read property list from data. | Mac/iOS 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| PList.ReadFile Reads property list files. | Mac/iOS 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| PList.WriteData Encodes property list data. | Mac/iOS 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.ClearOption Clears an option. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.ClearOptions Clears all options set. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.Disable Disables the page setup dialog extension. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.Enable Enables the page setup dialog extension. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.GetLastSettings Queries last settings from page setup dialog. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.GetNoDialog Queries whether dialog shows. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.GetOption Queries an option. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.GetPaperHeight Queries paper height to set. | Mac only 11.3 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.GetPaperName Queries paper name. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.GetPaperOrientation Queries paper orientation. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.GetPaperWidth Queries paper width to set. | Mac only 11.3 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.GetPrinterName Queries printer name. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.GetScalingFactor Queries scaling factor. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.Install Installs the extension for the page setup dialog. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.Reset Resets settings in plugin. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.SetNoDialog Sets whether dialog should show. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.SetOption Sets an option. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.SetPaperHeight Sets paper height to use. | Mac only 11.3 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.SetPaperName Sets paper name. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.SetPaperOrientation Sets the new paper orientation. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.SetPaperWidth Sets paper width to use. | Mac only 11.3 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.SetPrinterName Sets printer name. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| PageSetupDialog.SetScalingFactor Sets scaling factor. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| Path.AddPathComponent Adds a new path component. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| Path.FileMakerPathToNativePath Converts a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification to a native path. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Path.FilePathToFileURL Converts a file path to a local file URL. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Path.FileURLToFilePath Converts a file URL to a local file path. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Path.LastPathComponent Queries the last path component. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| Path.LongPath Queries long file path on Windows. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Path.NativePathToFileMakerPath Converts a native path to a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Path.RemoveLastPathComponent Removes last path component. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| Path.ShortPath Queries short file path on Windows. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.AddPositionOffset Adds an offset (positive or negative) to the current position. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.ChildDevices Queries child devices for a device. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.Clear Clears all pixels in the current frame buffer. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.ClearScriptTrigger Removes a script trigger for a phidget. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| Phidget.Close Closes a Phidget channel that has been opened. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.Create Creates an instance of a Phidget channel. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.DisableServerDiscovery Disables the dynamic discovery of servers that publish their identity. | Mac/Win/Linux 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.EnableFailsafe Enables the failsafe feature for the channel, with a given failsafe time. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.EnableServerDiscovery Enables the dynamic discovery of servers that publish their identity to the network. | Mac/Win/Linux 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.Flush Flushes the buffered LCD contents to the LCD screen. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.GetProperty Queries a property for a phidget device. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.GetTag Queries tag value. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.LibraryVersion Queries version number for the loaded phidgets library. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.List Returns list of all Phidget IDs. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.Load Loads the Phidget library. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.Loaded Checks whether Phidgets library is loaded. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.Open Opens the Phidget channel. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.Release Frees memory for a Phidget object. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.ReleaseAll Frees all Phidget objects. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.ResetFailsafe Resets the failsafe timer. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.SetProperty Sets a property for the phidget object. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.SetScriptTrigger Installs a script trigger with the phidget. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
❌ Server |
| Phidget.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.WriteRFID New in 15.5 Writes data to the tag being currently read by the reader. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Phidget.WriteText Writes text to a LCD screen. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| PhotoPicker.Available Queries whether the photo picker is available. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.BytesLoaded Queries the number of bytes loaded. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.Clear Clears the picker. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.Error Queries error for loading an image. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.File Queries native file path for the image. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.GetDisabledCapabilities Queries which Capabilities of the picker that should be disabled. | Mac/iOS 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| PhotoPicker.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when email composer is done. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.GetMode Queries the mode of the picker. | Mac/iOS 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| PhotoPicker.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when email composer is done. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.GetSelectionLimit Queries the selection limit. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.ImageCount Queries number of images selected. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.IsLoading Queries whether images are still loading. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.Present Presents the photo picker view. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.SetDisabledCapabilities Sets which Capabilities of the picker that should be disabled. | Mac/iOS 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| PhotoPicker.SetMode Sets the mode of the picker. | Mac/iOS 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| PhotoPicker.SetScript Sets the script to call when picker is done. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.SetSelectionLimit Sets the selection limit. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.SetSize Sets size to use for popover. | Mac only 13.2 |
❌ Server |
| PhotoPicker.TotalBytes Queries the number of bytes in total. | Mac/iOS 12.5 |
❌ Server |
| Platform Returns what platform the plugin is running on. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.BuildNumber Queries the build number of the plugin. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.CallCounter Queries call counter. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.CallErrorScriptTrigger Triggers error script. | All 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| Plugin.CompileDate Queries compile date as FileMaker date. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.CustomFunctionIDs New in 15.5 Queries the list of registered function ids. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.CustomFunctionNames Queries list of function names. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.CustomFunctionParameter Queries custom function parameter with given index. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.CustomFunctionParameterCount Queries number of parameters to the current custom function. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.CustomFunctions New in 15.5 Queries details on all registered custom functions. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.DisableFunction Disables a plugin function. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.FunctionCount Queries number of functions available. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.Functions Returns a list of all the functions in the plugin. | All 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.GetFunctionParameters Queries the function metadata for parameter list. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.GetFunctionPlatforms Queries the function metadata for platform support. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.GetSuccessReturn Queries current OK return. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.InstallSignalHandlers Installs signal handlers. | Mac/Linux/iOS 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.IsLicenseKeyHidden Queries whether to hide license key. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.IsMaintenanceExpired Queries whether maintenance is expired. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.IsPrerelease Queries whether this is a MBS Plugin beta version. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.JasperVersion Queries version string for Jasper library. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.LibExpatVersion Queries the version of the expat library. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.LibSSHVersion Queries the SSH library version used. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.LicenseeName Queries licensee name. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.LimitFunction Limits a function. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.LimitToFile Sets which files are allowed to use our plugin. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.LoadIconvLibrary Loads the iconv library. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.LockFunction Locks a function with a password. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.LockedFunctions Lists the locked functions. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.ObjectCounts Returns JSON with object counts. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.OpenSSLVersion Queries OpenSSL Version. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.PNGVersion Queries PNG version. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.Path Queries the native file path to the plugin. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.RegisterFunction Registers a custom function with FileMaker or JavaScript code. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.RegisterScriptStep Registers a script step dynamically. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameter Queries script step parameter with given index. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameterCount Queries number of parameters to the current script step. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.Seats Queries the internal seats value. | All 1.6 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.SetErrorScriptTrigger Sets script to trigger if plugin call returns an error. | All 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| Plugin.SetFunctions Sets the function list the plugin has. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.SetLicenseKeyHidden Sets whether to hide license key. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.SetPreviewSize Sets which size plugin uses for preview images. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.SetSuccessReturn Sets what the plugin returns on success. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.StartTimeStamp Queries time the plugin was loaded. | All 9.5 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.State Queries plugin state. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.TiffVersion Queries version string for TIFF library. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.UnlockFunction Unlocks a locked function. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.UnregisterFunction Unregister a function. | All 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.UnregisterScriptStep Unregister a script step. | All 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.UsedFunctionCounts Queries plugin function usage counts. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.UsedFunctions Queries used functions. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.WebPVersion Returns version of WebP library. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.ZLibVersion Queries zlib version number. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| Plugin.isDebug Checks whether this is debug version of MBS Plugin. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| PortMidi.Abort Terminates outgoing messages immediately. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.CheckHostError Checks if there is a midi host error on the stream. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | Mac/Win 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.Close Closes a midi stream, flushing any pending buffers. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.CurrentEvent Queries current event. | Mac/Win 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.DeviceCount Queries number of devices found. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.GetChannelMask Queries current channel mask. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.GetDefaultInputDeviceID Return the default input device ID. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.GetDefaultOutputDeviceID Return the default output device ID. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.GetDeviceID Queries the ID of the device the stream is connected to. | Mac/Win 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.GetDeviceInfo Return device information. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.GetDeviceName Queries the name of the device the stream is connected to. | Mac/Win 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.GetFilter Queries current filter setting. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.List Lists all IDs of midi objects. | Mac/Win 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| PortMidi.OpenInput Opens an input device. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.OpenOutput Opens an output device. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.Poll Tests whether input is available. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.ReadMessage Reads one Midi message from the buffers. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.Rescan Terminates all streams and shutdown the midi functions. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.SendMessage Sends a midi message. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.SendMessageRaw Sends a raw message. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.SendSysExHex Writes a timestamped system-exclusive midi message. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.SetChannelMask Filters incoming messages based on channel. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available evaluation for this midi port. | Mac/Win 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this midi port. | Mac/Win 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.SetFilter Sets filters on an open input stream to drop selected input types. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| PortMidi.TimeStamp Queries current time stamp. | Mac/Win 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| Preferences.ClearRecentFiles Clears the recent files list. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Preferences.DeleteValue Deletes a preference value. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| Preferences.GetTextSelectionWithDragAndDrop Queries drag and drop preference. | Mac only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Preferences.GetValue Queries preferences value. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Preferences.GetValueType Queries data type for a preferences entry. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Preferences.HasValue Checks if a preference value is defined. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| Preferences.List Lists keys for preferences. | Mac/Win/iOS 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| Preferences.SetTextSelectionWithDragAndDrop Set the preference setting from FileMaker/Runtime about allowing text selection by drag and drop. | Mac only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Preferences.SetValue Sets preferences value. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.7 |
✅ Server |
| Preview.Available Queries whether preview is available. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.Create Creates a new preview area inside the window with the given rectangle. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.CreateWithControl Creates a new preview on the given window covering the area of the given control. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | Mac only 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.GetAutostarts Queries whether to auto start preview. | Mac only 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.List Queries list of all currently preview areas. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.LoadContainer Loads a PDF document from data in container. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.LoadFile Loads a PDF document from file path. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.Release A convenience method to release all preview controls. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all preview controls. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | Mac only 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.SetAutostarts Sets whether to auto start preview. | Mac only 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.SetFocus Sets focus to the view. | Mac/Win 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.SetFrameWithControl Repositions preview view to given placeholder control. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Preview.Unload Unloads current document. | Mac/Win 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.ClearOption Clears an option. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.ClearOptions Clears all options set. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.Disable Disables the print dialog extension. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.Enable Enables the print dialog extension. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetAllPages Queries whether to print all pages. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetConfiguration Queries configuration from last print. | Mac only 8.0 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetCopies Queries number of copies. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetDestinationPath Queries the destination path. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetDuplex Queries the duplex mode. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetFirstPage Queries first page. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetLastPage Queries last page. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetLastSettings Queries last settings from print dialog. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetNoDialog Queries whether dialog shows. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetOption Queries an option. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetPageNumberingOffset Queries page numbering offset. | Mac only 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetPrintToPDF Queries whether printing is going to PDF file. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetPrintType Queries print type. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetPrinterName Queries printer name to use. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetReset Query whether to reset print settings. | Mac only 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetResetDestination Queries whether ResetDestination option is set. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetReverseOrder Queries reverse order setting. | Mac only 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.GetTray Queries tray name. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.Install Installs the extension for the printer dialog. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.Reset Resets settings in plugin. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetAllPages Set whether to print all pages. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetConfiguration Sets a configuration to be used for next print. | Mac only 8.0 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetCopies Sets number of copies. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetDestinationPath Sets the destination path for PDF. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetDuplex Sets duplex mode for next printing. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetFirstPage Sets first page. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetLastPage Sets last page. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetNoDialog Sets whether dialog should show. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetOption Sets an option. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetPageNumberingOffset Sets page numbering offset to use. | Mac only 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetPrintToPDF Sets whether plugin will redirect print to PDF. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetPrintType Sets what FileMaker will print. | Mac only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetPrinterName Sets printer name. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetReset Sets whether to reset print settings. | Mac only 7.0 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetResetDestination Sets whether to fix destination. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetReverseOrder Sets reverse order for printing. | Mac only 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| PrintDialog.SetTray Sets the tray name the plugin should select. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.CurrentNumberOfCopies Queries the number of copies from the last dialog. | Win only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.CurrentPaperFormat Returns the selected paper format. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.CurrentPaperSource Returns the selected paper source. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.CurrentPrintWhat Returns the selected item to print. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.CurrentPrinterName Returns the selected printer name. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.ErrorLog Queries the error log from Printer.Setup functions. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.GetDefaultPrinter Queries default system printer. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Printer.PaperFormats Queries paper formats. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.PaperSources Queries paper sources. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.Print Prints a document with options. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.PrinterCount Queries the number of printers. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Printer.PrinterInfo Queries printer info. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Printer.PrinterName Queries the name of the printer with given index. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Printer.PrinterNames Queries printer names. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Printer.SetPrinter Switches printer or changes paper setup. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Process.FrontProcessBundleID Queries bundleID of the frontmost app. | Mac only 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Process.FrontProcessName Queries name of the frontmost app. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Process.FrontWindowTitle Queries name of the frontmost window. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Process.GetCurrentDirectory Queries current directory. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Process.GetDllDirectory Queries DLL directory. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Process.IsFrontMost Checks if FileMaker is the frontmost application. | Mac/Win 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| Process.IsRunning Checks if a process is running. | Mac only 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| Process.KeepFrontMost Sets whether the plugin should keep FileMaker in front. | Mac only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| Process.List Queries process list. | Mac/Win/Linux 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| Process.LoadFramework Loads a macOS framework. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Process.LoadLibrary Loads a given native library. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Process.SetCurrentDirectory Sets the current directory. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Process.SetDllDirectory Adds a directory to the search path used to locate DLLs for the application. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| Process.SetFrontMost Moves FileMaker application to the front. | Mac/Win 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| ProcessActivity.List Lists all activities. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| ProcessActivity.Options Queries option flags. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| ProcessActivity.Reason Queries the reason text. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| ProcessActivity.beginActivity Begins an activity. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| ProcessActivity.endActivity Ends the activity started with ProcessActivity.beginActivity. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| ProgressDialog.ClearImage Clears image for the progress dialog. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetBottomText Queries the current text below the progress bar in the progress dialog. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetButtonCaption Queries the current text from the button in the progress dialog. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetCancel Queries the cancel state. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetImageHeight Queries image view height. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetImageWidth Queries image view width. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetPositionX Queries the x position of the dialog. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetPositionY Queries the y position of the dialog. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetProgress Queries current progress value. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetShowButton Queries current state of whether to show the cancel button or not. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetTitle Queries the current progress dialog title. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetTopMost Queries whether dialog is top most. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.GetTopText Queries the current text above the progress bar in the progress dialog. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.Hide Hides the progress dialog. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.Reset Resets all options. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetBottomText Sets the bottom text in the progress dialog. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetButtonCaption Sets the cancel button text. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetCancel Sets the cancel state. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetFont Sets the label's text sizes. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetImage Sets the image. Please use container value as parameter. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetImageHeight Sets image view height. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetImageWidth Sets image view width. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetPosition Set position of the dialog absolute. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetPositionCentered Set position of the dialog centered. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetPositionWindowCentered Set position of the dialog centered over a window. | Mac/Win 12.0 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetProgress Sets the current progress value. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetShowButton Sets whether to show the cancel button or not. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetTitle Sets the progress dialog title. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetTitleIcon Sets the icon of a window in Windows. | Win only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetTopMost Sets whether dialog is top most. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.SetTopText Sets the top text in the progress dialog. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.Show Shows the progress dialog. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| ProgressDialog.Update Redraws the progress dialog. | Mac/Win 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| Progressdialog.GetEvaluate Queries expression to evaluate. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| Progressdialog.GetFileName Queries file name. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| Progressdialog.GetScriptName Queries script name to run on button click. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| Progressdialog.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate on button click. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| Progressdialog.SetScript Sets the script to run when button is clicked. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| Python.AddEvaluateFunction Adds an evaluate function. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.AddExecuteSQLFunction Adds an execute SQL function. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.AddSysPath Adds a file path to the system path list. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| Python.Clear Clears the variables in the Python environment. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.DeleteValue Deletes a variable in the Python environment. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.Evaluate Evaluates an expression in Python. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.GetRecursionLimit Queries the recursion limit. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| Python.GetTag Queries tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.GetValue Queries a variable in the Python environment. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.HasValue Checks whether a variable is set for the Python environment. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.Keys Queries the list of names for values. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.LibraryBuildInfo Return information about the sequence number and build date and time of the current Python interpreter instance. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Python.LibraryCompiler Return an indication of the compiler used to build the current Python version, in square brackets. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Python.LibraryCopyright Return the official copyright string for the current Python version. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Python.LibraryPlatform Return the platform identifier for the current platform. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Python.LibraryVersion Queries the version text of the Python library. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.List Returns list of all Python environment IDs. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.Load Loads the Python library. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.Loaded Queries whether Python libraries have been loaded. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.MonotonicTime Read the monotonic clock. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Python.New Creates a new Python environment. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.Path Queries the default module search path. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.PrintOutput Queries the output of print commands in Python. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.ProgramFullPath Queries full program path. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.ProgramName Queries the program name. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.PythonHome Queries the default "home" path. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.Release Releases the Python environment. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.ReleaseAll Releases all Python environments. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.Run Runs a Python script. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.RunFile Runs a Python script file. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| Python.SetInput Sets the input values to use. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.SetProgramName Sets the program name. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.SetPythonHome Sets the Python home. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.SetRecursionLimit Sets the recursion limit. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| Python.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.SetValue Sets a variable in the Python environment. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Python.Time Read the "wall clock" time. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Python.ValueCount Queries number of variables. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddContainer Adds an container to the list of files to preview. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddFile Adds file to the file list for preview. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddImage Adds an image to the list of files to preview. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddPDF Adds a PDF to the preview items. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.Clear Clears content of file list. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemIndex Queries index of current visible item. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemPath Queries path of current item. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemTitle Queries title of current item. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetEditingAllowed Queries whether editing is allowed. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetHeight Queries height of panel. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetLeft Queries left position of panel. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetSharingAllowed Queries whether sharing is allowed. | iOS 11.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetTop Queries height of panel. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetWidth Queries width of panel. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.Hide Hides the panel. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.IsVisible Checks if panel is visible. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.Move Moves the panel to the given position. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.Resize Resizes the panel. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.SavedFiles Queries list of file paths. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetCurrentPreviewItemIndex Sets index of current element. | Mac/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetDismissTrigger Sets the script trigger. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetEditingAllowed Sets whether editing is allowed. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetSharingAllowed Sets whether sharing is allowed. | iOS 11.3 |
❌ Server |
| QLPreviewPanel.Show Shows the panel. | Mac/iOS 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QuartzFilterManager.Filters Queries list of all filters. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QuartzFilterManager.HidePanel Hides the panel for the Quartz Filter Manager. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QuartzFilterManager.ShowPanel Shows the panel for the Quartz Filter Manager. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| QuickList.AddList Adds a list of values to a quick list. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.AddMultiValue Adds a value or list to the list. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.AddQuickList Adds the content of second list to first list. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.AddSQL Adds values to a quick list via SQL. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.AndColumn Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Clear Clears the content of the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Clone Creates a clone of the list. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Count Queries the count of items in list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.CountValuesMatching Count matching entries in list. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.DeleteColumn New in 15.5 Queries a column from each line in a list. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Find Finds an entry in the list. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.FindDuplicateItems Finds duplicate items in the list. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.GetColumn Queries a column from each line in a list. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.GetList Queries the list as text. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.HasValues Checks whether a list contains the given values. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.IndexOfFirstValueMatching Finds index of first value matching value. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.JSONArray Returns all texts in the QuickList as a JSON array. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.JoinJSON Joins text in a QuickList as JSON array. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.List Returns list of all quick list IDs. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.MatchesSubString Finds list entries which contains a given text. | All 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.New Creates a new list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.NotColumn Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Or Returns values of both lists. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.OrColumn Returns values of both lists. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Pop Pops last value from the list. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.PopFirst Pops the first value from a list. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Push Pushes a value to the end of the list. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Release Releases the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Remove Removes the value with the given index. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.RemoveValue Removes a value from a quick list. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.RemoveValues We remove all values from the list. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Reserve Reserves memory for a list of given size. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.SetList Sets the list to the content of the passed list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Shuffle Shuffles the items in the list. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Sort Sorts the list. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.SortWith Sorts the list with together with other lists. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.SortWithEvaluate Sorts a list with using an expression to evaluate. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.SubList Returns a part of the list. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| QuickList.XOrColumn Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.DecryptPrivateKey Decrypts a private key. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.EncryptPrivateKey Encrypts a private key. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.GeneratePrivateKey Creates a new private key. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.GetPublicKey Queries public key from private key. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.PrivateDecrypt Decrypts data using private key. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.PrivateEncrypt Encrypts data using private key. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.PublicDecrypt Decrypts data using public key. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.PublicEncrypt Encrypts data using public key. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.Sign Signs data with RSA digital signature. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.SignPSS New in 15.5 Signs data with RSA digital signature with PSS padding. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.Verify Verifies RSA digital signature. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| RSA.VerifyPSS New in 15.5 Verifies RSA digital signature with PSS padding. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.CaptureCount Queries number of captured sub patterns. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Compile Compiles a pattern. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.DataDetector Performs data detection to find details in text. | Mac/iOS 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Execute Executes a statement. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Extract Extracts found text. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.FindMatches Finds in a text all matches of a given pattern and returns list. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.List Returns list of all regex IDs. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Match Matches a text against to a pattern. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.MatchList Matches a list against a pattern. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.MinimumLength Queries the minimum length of the text to match. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.NameCount Queries number of names. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.NamedSubstring Queries the named substring. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Options Queries the options to used when compiling the pattern. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Pattern Queries the pattern used to compile this regular expression. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Quote Quotes text for use in patterns. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Release Frees memory for a regular expression. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.ReleaseAll Frees all regular expression objects. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Replace Replace pattern once. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.ReplaceAll Replaces patterns. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Results Queries the result from execute. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Size Queries size of compiled pattern. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.StringNumber Queries the index number of a name. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Study Studies the regular expression for improved execution speed. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Substring Queries a substring. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.SubstringList Returns list of substrings. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RegEx.Version Returns the version number of the PCRE library. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| Register This function is used to register the Plugin. | All 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| Registration Returns a list of the currently registered components. | All 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.CreateKey Creates a new registry key. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.DeleteKey Deletes a key in the registry. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.DeleteTree Deletes a key with all sub keys. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.DeleteValue Deletes a value from a registry key. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.FlushKey Writes changes to disk. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.GetValue Queries value of key’s value. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.GetValueType Queries type of a value. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.ListKeys Lists all sub keys of a key. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.ListValues Queries list of value names of a key. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Registry.SetValue Sets a value on a registry key. | Win only 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| RemoteControl.ClickMouse Moves the mouse cursor and performs a click. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.FindWindow Finds a window on Windows based on class name and/or window title. | Win only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.GetWindowsList On Windows queries the list of all window references. | Win only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.GetWindowsListAsJSON On Windows queries the list of all windows as JSON. | Win only 11.2 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.HideCursor Hides the mouse cursor. | Mac/Win 3.4 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.InsertText Sends text to active window/control. | Mac/Win/iOS 12.4 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.IsAltKeyDown Checks whether alt/option key is down. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.IsCapsLockKeyDown Checks whether caps lock key is down. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.IsCommandKeyDown Checks whether command key is down. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.IsControlKeyDown Checks whether control key is down. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.IsFunctionKeyDown Checks whether function key is down. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.IsShiftKeyDown Checks whether shift key is down. | Mac/Win 14.1 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.MouseButtons Returns bit mask for pressed mouse buttons. | Mac/Win 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.MouseX Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.MouseY Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.MoveMouse Moves the mouse cursor. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.PressCommandKey Presses command key on Mac. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.PressControlKey Presses control key. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.PressDialogButton Presses a dialog button. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.PressDialogButton.Clear Stops the dialog button press command. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.PressKey Presses a key. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.PressKeyLater Presses a key after delay. | Mac/Win 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.PressOptionKey Presses option/alt key. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.PressShiftKey Presses shift key. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| RemoteControl.ShowCursor Shows the mouse cursor. | Mac/Win 3.4 |
❌ Server |
| RichText.AppendFormattedText Appends new styled text to the document. | Mac/iOS 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.AppendText Appends text to the current document. | Mac/iOS 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.Attribute Queries an attribute value. | Mac/iOS 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.Clear Clears current document. | Mac/iOS 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.CopyToClipboard Puts current rich text on the clipboard. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| RichText.FormattedText Returns the styled text of the currently loaded text file. | Mac/iOS 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.GeneratePDF Generates a PDF from the current rich text document. | Mac only 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.HTMLText Converts the current rich text to html. | Mac/iOS 6.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.RTF Returns current rich text as RTF data. | Mac/iOS 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.ReadContainer Reads text file from container. | Mac/iOS 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.ReadFile Reads a text file from a file. | Mac/iOS 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.ReadFromClipboard Reads styled text from clipboard. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| RichText.ReadHTML Loads a HTML page as rich text. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| RichText.ReadRTF Loads RTF text as rich text. | Mac/iOS 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.ReadText Read rich text from text. | Mac/iOS 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.ReadURL Reads a text file from an URL. | Mac/iOS 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.ReadWebviewer Reads formatted text from WebViewer content. | Mac/iOS 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| RichText.Release Frees memory for current text file. | Mac/iOS 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.ReplaceText Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | Mac/iOS 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.ReplaceTexts Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | Mac/iOS 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.SetAttribute Sets metadata. | Mac/iOS 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.SetFormattedText Sets new text for saving a document. | Mac/iOS 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.SetText Sets new text for saving a document. | Mac/iOS 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.Text Returns the plain text of the currently loaded text file. | Mac/iOS 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.TextLength Returns the length of the text in characters. | Mac/iOS 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.WriteContainer Writes current rich text to a container. | Mac/iOS 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.WriteDOC Writes a Word file. | Mac only 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.WriteFile Writes current rich text to a file. | Mac/iOS 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.WritePDF Write the current rich text document to a PDF file. | Mac only 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| RichText.WriteRTF Writes a RTF file. | Mac/iOS 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.Cancel Attempts to cancel the pending result set, or current statement execution. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ClientVersion Gets the DBMS client API version number. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.Close Closes the specified command object. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.CommandText Gets the command text associated with the command object. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.CommandType Gets the command type currently associated with the command object. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.Commit Saves any changes and ends the current transaction. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.Connect Opens the connection to a data source. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ConvertDateTimeFromSQL Converts a date or timestamp to FileMaker format. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ConvertDateTimeToSQL Converts a date/time/timestamp to SQL text. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.Disconnect Disconnects the connection from the database. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.Execute Executes the current command. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FetchFirst Fetches the first row from a result set. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FetchLast Fetches the last row from a result set. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FetchNext Fetches next row from a result set. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FetchPos Fetches a row from a result set. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FetchPrior Fetches previous row from a result set. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FieldCount Returns the number of fields (columns) in a result set. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FieldExists Checks whether a field exists. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FreeAllConnections Frees all SQL connections and commands. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FreeCommand Frees the command and releases all memory associated with it. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.FreeConnection Call this method if you are done with a connection. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetAutoCommit Checks whether autocommit is enabled or disabled for the current connection. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetCommandOption Gets a string value of a specific command option. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetCommandOptions Queries list of options for command. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetCommandTag Queries tag for command. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetConnectionOption Gets a string value of a specific connection option. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetConnectionOptions Queries list of options for connection. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetConnectionTag Queries tag for connection. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsBoolean Returns field's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsContainer Queries field value as container. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDate Returns field's value as date value; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDateTime Returns field's value as timestamp value.- | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsFloat Returns field's value as floating point number value; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsJPEG Returns field's value as JPEG value. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsNumber Returns field's value as integer number value; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPDF Returns field's value as PDF value. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPNG Returns field's value as PNG value. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsText Returns field's value as text value; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldAsTime Returns field's value as time value; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldDataType Returns field data type. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldIsNull Whether the field value is NULL. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldName Returns name of the field. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldNameList Queries list of field names. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldOption Gets a string value of a specific field option. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldOptions Queries list of options for field. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldValue Returns field's value. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldValueList Queries list of field values. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetFieldsAsJSON Queries fields values current record as JSON object. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetIsolationLevel Gets the transaction isolation level. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsBoolean Returns param's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsContainer Queries parameter value as container. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsDate Returns param's value as date; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsDateTime Returns param's value as timestamp value; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsFloat Returns param's value as floating point number; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsJPEG Returns parameters's value as JPEG value. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsNumber Returns param's value as integer; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsPDF Returns parameters's value as PDF value. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsPNG Returns parameters's value as PNG value. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsText Returns param's value as text; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamAsTime Returns param's value as time value; converts if needed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamDataType Returns parameter data type. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamIsDefault Checks whether parameter is default value. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamIsNull Whether the parameter value is NULL. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamName Returns the name of the parameter. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamNameList Queries list of parameter names. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamOption Gets a string value of a specific parameter option. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamOptions Queries list of options for parameter. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamValue Returns param's value. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamValueList Queries list of parameter values. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetParamsAsJSON Queries parameters as JSON object. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetRecordsAsJSON Queries records of current result set as JSON array. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.GetRecordsAsText Queries all records as text. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InsertOrUpdateRecords Creates or updates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InsertRecords Creates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activate Activates the internal SQLite library. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activated Checks if internal SQLite library is used. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Deactivate Deactivates the use of internal SQLite library. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Dump Convert an SQLite database into SQL statements that will recreate that database. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.GetBase64ExtensionEnabled Queries whether the base64 extensions is enabled. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.GetCSVExtensionEnabled Queries whether the CSV extensions is enabled. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.GetUUIDExtensionEnabled Queries whether the uuid extensions is enabled. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.ICUEnabled Queries whether ICU libraries are enabled. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.ICULoaded Queries whether ICU libraries are loaded. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.ICUUsed Queries whether ICU libraries have been used. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.LoadICU Loads ICU libraries now. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SetBase64ExtensionEnabled Whether to enable the Base64 extensions. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SetCSVExtensionEnabled Whether to enable the CSV extensions. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SetICUEnabled Sets whether to use ICU libraries. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SetUUIDExtensionEnabled Whether to enable the uuid extensions. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SourceID Returns the source code ID. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Version Returns the SQLite version number. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.VersionNumber Returns the SQLite version number. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ListCommands Returns a list of all SQL Commands. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ListConnections Returns a list of all SQL Connections. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.MySQL.InsertID For MySQL Connection queries the last insert ID. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.NewCommand Creates a new command. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.NewConnection Initialize a new SAConnection object and returns Connection Reference. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.Open Opens the specified command object. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ParamCount Returns the number of parameters associated with the command object. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.Prepare Validates and prepares the current command for execution. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ResetCommand Clears all DBMS related handles and sturctures but doesn't destroy them (mostly for Unix fork/exec based applications) | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ResetConnection Clears all DBMS related handles and structures but doesn't destroy them. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.Rollback Cancels any changes made during the current transaction and ends the transaction. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.RowsAffected Queries the number of rows affected. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SQLite3.EnableLoadExtension Enables extensions on SQLite 3. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SQLite3.LastInsertRowID For SQLite3, returns the last row ID used. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryHighwater Queries maximum memory usage so far. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryUsed Queries memory in use by SQLite. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SQLite3.ReKey You can change the key on a database using the Rekey Function. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SQLite3.SetKey Sets the encryption key to use. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ServerVersion The long number of the currently connected server version. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.ServerVersionString Gets the currently connected DBMS server version string. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetAutoCommit Enables or disables autocommit for the current connection, that is, automatic commit of every SQL command. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetClient Assigns an DBMS client for the connection. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetCommandOption Sets a string value of a specific command option. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetCommandTag Sets the tag for the command. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetCommandText Sets the command text. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetConnectionOption Sets a string value of a specific connection or command option. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetConnectionTag Sets the tag for the connection. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetFieldOption Sets a string value of a specific field option. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetIsolationLevel Sets the transaction isolation level. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamAsBoolean Sets parameter's value as bool data. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamAsContainer Sets parameter's value as BLOB value with data from a container. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamAsDate Sets parameter's value as Date data. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamAsDateTime Sets parameter's value as DateTime data. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamAsFloat Sets parameter's value as floating point number. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamAsNumber Sets parameter's value as 32-bit integer number. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamAsText Sets parameter's value as character string data. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamAsTime Sets parameter's value as Time data. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamDataType Sets parameter's data type. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamDefault Sets the default value for this parameter. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamNull Sets parameter's value as null. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamOption Sets a string value of a specific parameter option. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamTypesValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamUnknown Sets parameter's type as unknown. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamValue Sets parameter's value. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.SetParamsWithJSON Sets parameters based on values in JSON. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.isAlive Returns the database server connection status for a particular connection object. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.isConnected Returns the connection state for a particular connection object. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.isExecuted Whether command was executed. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.isOpened Tests whether the specified command object is opened. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SQL.isResultSet Tests whether a result set exists after the command execution. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.CloseChannel Closes the channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.ConfigureKeepAlive Configures keep alive probes. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Connect Connects a new socket to the given IP & Port. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Disconnect Disconnects the session. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.EOF Check a channel's EOF status. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Execute Executes something on the server. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Flush Flush streams for this channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.FreeChannel Frees the SSH channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.GetExitState Get the remote exit code. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.GetIP Queries IP or domain used to connect. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.GetPort Queries port used to connect. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.GetTag Queries tag value. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.GetTimeout Queries timeout. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.GetUserName The user name we got authenticated for. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.HostKey Returns the hex encoded host key. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.HostKeyHash Returns the hex encoded host key hash. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.IsAuthenticated Queries the authentication state. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.List Lists all IDs of SSH connection objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.New Creates a new SSH session. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.OpenSession Opens a SSH channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.ReadHex Reads bytes from channel and returns them hex encoded. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.ReadText Reads bytes from channel and returns them as text. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Release Frees the memory for the ssh session. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.ReleaseAll Release all SSH sessions. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.RequestPTY Request a PTY on an established channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.SendEOF Send EOF to remote server. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.SessionHandshake Perform the SSH handshake. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.SetEnv Set an environment variable on the channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.SetTimeout Sets timeout. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Shell Request a shell on a channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.BytesReceived Queries number of bytes received. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.BytesSent Queries number of bytes sent. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.Cancel Cancel the tunnel. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.Cancelled Queries cancel state for tunnel. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.GetConnected Queries whether tunnel is connected and transfers data. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.GetKeepAlive Queries keep alive status. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.Messages Queries messages from tunnel. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.Run Creates a SSH tunnel on the session. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.Running Queries whether tunnel is running. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.Tunnel.SetKeepAlive Sets keep alive status. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.UserAuthKeyboardInteractive Authenticate a session using keyboard-interactive authentication. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.UserAuthList List supported authentication methods. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.UserAuthPassword Authenticate a session with username and password. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKey Authenticate a session with a public key, read from memory. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKeyFile Authenticate a session with a public key, read from a file. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.WaitClosed Wait for the remote to close the channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.WaitEOF Wait for the remote end to acknowledge an EOF request. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.WaitSocket Waits on the socket for sending or receiving. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.WriteHex Writes text to the channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SSH.WriteText Writes text to the channel. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.Clear Clears the last results. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.ClearLicense Clears the license. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.ClearParameter Clears parameter list. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.ClearProperty Clears property list. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.GetBaseURI Queries the base URI. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.GetCurrentWorkingDirectory Queries current working directory. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.GetLanguageVersion Queries language version to use. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.GetParameter Queries a parameter value. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.GetProperty Queries a property value. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.HasParameter Checks whether a parameter exists with that name. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.HasProperty Checks whether a property exists with that name. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.IsLicensed Whether the license for Saxon is set. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.IsLoaded Whether the library has been loaded. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.LicenseeName Queries licensee name. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.Load Loads newer Saxon library. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.ParameterNames Queries the list of parameters. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.PropertyNames Queries the list of properties. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.SetBaseURI Sets base URI. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.SetCurrentWorkingDirectory Sets current working directory. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.SetLanguageVersion Sets which language version to use for queries. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.SetLicense Sets the license key for Saxon. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.SetParameter Sets a parameter. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.SetProperty Sets a property. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.Validate Validates a XML against the given schema. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.ValidationReport Queries the last validation report. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.Version Queries the version of the Saxon library. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.XPathQuery Runs a XPath query. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.XQuery Runs a XML Query. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.XSLT Runs a XML stylesheet transformation. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Saxon.XslMessages Queries the XLS Messages from last XSLT call. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Schedule.Check Checks if something needs to be run. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.ClearEvaluateResult Clears result of last evaluate. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.ClearSQLResult Clears result of last SQL query. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.EvaluateAfterDelay Evaluates an expression after a delay. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTime Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTimeStamp Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.EvaluateOnIdle Evaluates an expression after a given idle period. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAfterDelay Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTime Runs a sql query in any open FileMaker file. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTimeStamp Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLOnIdle Runs a SQL query after idle period. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetAutoRelease Queries if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetEnabled Queries whether schedules are enabled. | Mac/Win/iOS 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetEvaluate Queries the expression to evaluate. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetEvaluateResult Queries result of last evaluate. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetFileName Returns the file name for the scheduled script start. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetLastTimeStamp Queries the last time stamp the schedule run. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetRepeatDelay Queries the delay between scheduled script calls. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetRunCount Queries the number of schedule executions. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetSQL Queries the scheduled SQL command. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetSQLResult Queries result of last SQL query. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetScriptName Returns the script name for the scheduled script start. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetScriptParameter Returns the script parameter for the scheduled script start. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetTag Queries the tag value. | Mac/Win/iOS 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Schedule.GetTimeStamp Queries the timestamp of next execution of schedule. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered when schedule runs. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.List Provides a list with all scheduled script starts or SQL commands. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.Release Releases schedule reference. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.ReleaseAll Releases all scheduled. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetAutoRelease Sets if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetEnabled Pauses or resumes all schedules. | Mac/Win/iOS 13.3 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetFileName Sets the file name for scheduled script start. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetRepeatDelay Sets the repeat delay for the schedule. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetSQL Sets the SQL for the schedule. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetScriptName Sets the script name for scheduled script start. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetScriptParameter Sets the script parameter for scheduled script start. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetTag Sets the tag value. | Mac/Win/iOS 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| Schedule.SetTimeStamp Sets the timestamp where a schedule runs the next time. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.SetURL Sets the URL to query when schedule runs. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.StartScriptAfterDelay Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTime Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTimeStamp Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Schedule.StartScriptOnIdle Runs a script after idle period. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| SchemaChange.Changes New in 15.5 Queries the changes, that the plugin received. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| SchemaChange.Clear New in 15.5 Clears the list of changes. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| SchemaChange.Counter New in 15.5 Queries the schema change counter. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| SchemaChange.Disable New in 15.5 Disables this feature. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| SchemaChange.Enable New in 15.5 Enables this feature. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| SchemaChange.IsEnabled New in 15.5 Checks whether this feature is enabled. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| SchemaChange.TimeStamp New in 15.5 Queries the timestamp for when the last change happened. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Screen.Count Queries the number of screens. | Mac/Win 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Screen.DockHeight Queries dock height. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| Screen.DockWidth Queries dock width. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| Screen.Height Queries screen height. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Screen.Left Queries screen position. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Screen.Scale Queries scale of screen. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| Screen.Top Queries screen position. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Screen.Width Queries screen width. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Screenshot Takes a screenshot of the screen indicated by the "ScreenID" parameter. | Mac/Win 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScreenshotRect This function will take snapshot of the area of the screen described by the first four Parameters. | Mac/Win 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.BringToFront Brings the Script Workspace window to front. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.CopyScriptText Copies current script in Script Workspace to clipboard. | Mac only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.CurrentTab Queries current tab title. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.ExpandScriptFolders Expands all scripts in the Script Workspace. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.GetBackgroundColor Queries the current color of the script workspace background. | Mac only 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.GetScriptListSearch Queries search field in script list search. | Mac only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.IsActive Checks if front window with focus is Script Workspace. | Mac only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.IsFocusOnScriptList Queries whether the focus is to the script list in the Script Workspace. | Mac only 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.IsVisible Checks whether Script Workspace is visible. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.LineCount Queries line count of current script. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.OpenScript Opens a script by name. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScriptNames Queries list of script names in Script Workspace. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScriptPaths Queries list of script paths in Script Workspace. | Mac only 14.5 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScriptText Copies text of current script. | Mac only 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScriptsVisible Queries whether scripts are visible. | Mac only 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScrollToLine Scrolls to line to make it visible. | Mac only 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScrollToSelection Scrolls to current selected line. | Mac only 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.SelectLine Selects a line in current script. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.SelectLines Selects lines in current script. | Mac only 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.SelectedLine Queries selected line. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.SelectedLines Queries selected line numbers. | Mac only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.SetBackgroundColor Sets background color of script workspace. | Mac only 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.SetFocusToScriptList Set the focus to the script list in the Script Workspace. | Mac only 15.2 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.SetScriptListSearch Sets search field in script list in Script Workspace. | Mac only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.StepsVisible Queries whether steps are visible. | Mac only 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.StyledScriptText Queries text of current script. | Mac only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.Tabs Queries list of tabs in Script Workspace. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.Title Queries title of front Script Workspace. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.TriggerScripts Triggers scripts list visibility. | Mac only 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.TriggerSteps Triggers script steps list visibility. | Mac only 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| ScriptWorkspace.Window Queries window ID for the Script Workspace. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentText Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.AddBCC Adds a blind copy recipient. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.AddCC Adds a copy recipient. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.AddHeader Adds an header to the email. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.AddRecipient Adds a recipient. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.AddReplyTo Adds a recipient to reply to. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.AddTo Adds a recipient. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.ClearAttachments Clears all attachments from this email. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.ClearHeaders Clears the headers for email. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.ClearRecipients Clears all recipients. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.CreateEmail Creates a new email. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetHTMLText Queries the html text of this email. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetInReplyTo Queries the reply to address of this email. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetMessageID Queries the message ID of this email. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetPlainText Queries the plain text of this email. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetRichText Queries the rich text of this email. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetSMTPPassword Queries the smtp password of this email. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetSMTPServer Queries the smtp server of this email. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetSMTPUserName Queries the smtp username of this email. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetSource Queries the source code for the email. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetSubject Queries the subject of this email. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetUse8BitMime Query whether 8bit encoding is used. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.GetUseSSL Query the SSL setting. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.PrepareCURL Setups existing CURL session for an email transfer. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.Release Releases all memory used by this email. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.ReleaseAll Frees all SendMail objects. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetFrom Sets the email from address. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetHTMLText Sets the HTML text of the new email. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetInReplyTo Sets the in reply to message ID. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetMessageID Sets the message ID. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetPlainText Sets the plain text of the new email. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetRichText Sets the enriched text of the new email. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetSMTPPassword Sets the password for SMTP server authentication. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetSMTPServer Sets which SMTP server to use. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetSMTPUserName Sets the username for SMTP server authentication. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetSubject Sets the subject line. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetUse8BitMime Set whether 8bit encoding is used. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.SetUseSSL Set the SSL setting. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| SendMail.Sign Signs the email. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.AvailableBytes Queries number of bytes available in buffer. | Mac/Win 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.Clear Clears incoming buffer. | Mac/Win 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.Close Closes serial port. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.CloseAll Closes all serial ports. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetBaudRate Queries the baud rate. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetCTS Queries current CTS mode. | Mac/Win/Linux 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetDSR Queries whether DSR mode is used. | Mac/Win/Linux 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetDTR Queries whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used. | Mac/Win/Linux 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetDataBits Queries the data bit size. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetParity Queries parity setting. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetRTS Queries whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control. | Mac/Win/Linux 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetStopBits Queries number of stop bits. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetTag Queries tag value. | Mac/Win 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.GetXON Queries if XON/XOFF flow control is used. | Mac/Win 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.HasLine Checks if a line is available. | Mac/Win 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.IsSuspended Checks suspension state. | Mac/Win 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.LastError Returns the system error from last serial port function call. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.List Returns list of names of serial ports. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.Open Opens a serial port. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.OpenPath Opens a special file, device or pipe. | Mac/Win 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.Path Queries the path used to open the serial port. | Mac/Win 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.Read Reads bytes from serial port and returns them as text. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.ReadByte Reads a single byte to the serial port. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.ReadHex Reads bytes from serial port and returns them hex encoded. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.ReadLine Reads a line of text from serial port. | Mac/Win 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.Resume Resumes serial port. | Mac/Win 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetBaudRate Sets the baud rate. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetCTS Sets CTS mode. | Mac/Win/Linux 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetDSR Sets whether DSR mode is used. | Mac/Win/Linux 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetDTR Sets whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used. | Mac/Win/Linux 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available expression for this serial port. | Mac/Win 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this serial port. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetDataBits Sets data bit size. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetParity Sets parity setting. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetRTS Sets whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control. | Mac/Win/Linux 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetStopBits Sets number of stop bits. | Mac/Win 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetTag Sets tag value. | Mac/Win 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.SetXON Sets the serial port to use XON/XOFF mode. | Mac/Win 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.Suspend Suspends serial port. | Mac/Win 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.WaitNamedPipe Waits for a named pipe. | Win only 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.Write Writes text to the serial port. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.WriteByte Writes a single byte to the serial port. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SerialPort.WriteHex Writes text to the serial port. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| ServiceProvider.Install Installs a service provider handler. | Mac only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| ServiceProvider.Uninstall Removes service provider. | Mac only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| ServiceProvider.Value Queries a value from last service invocation. | Mac only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| SetSystemUIMode Sets the system UI mode. | Mac only 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| SharedMemory.DeleteValue Deletes a shared memory value. | Mac/Win/Linux 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| SharedMemory.Exists Checks whether shared memory exists. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| SharedMemory.GetValue Queries shared memory value. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| SharedMemory.LookupValue Queries shared memory value. | Mac/Win/Linux 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| SharedMemory.SetValue Sets shared memory value. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| SharingPanel.AddFilePath Adds a file to share. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.AddImageContainer Adds an image to the share. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.AddImageFile Adds an image to the share. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.AddStyledText Adds styled text to share. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.AddText Adds text to share. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.AddURL Adds a URL to the share. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.Clear Resets the panel. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.Dismiss Dismisses the dialog. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.ErrorCode Queries error number. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.ErrorText Queries error text. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.GetEvaluate Queries the evaluation to run when sharing panel is done. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.GetExcludedActivityTypes Queries the list of activities to exclude in the panel. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.GetFileName Queries the file name of the script to run when sharing panel is done. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to run when social composer is done. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.IsPresented Checks whether panel is displayed. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.Item Queries item at index. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.ItemCount Queries number of items. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.Present Presents the sharing panel. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.RemoveAll Removes all items for sharing. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.Result Queries result of sharing panel. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.SelectedType Queries selected activity type. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to call when sharing panel is done. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.SetExcludedActivityTypes Sets the list of activities to exclude in the panel. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingPanel.SetScript Sets the script to call when sharing panel is done. | iOS 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingService.GetEmailRecipients Queries current list of email recipients. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| SharingService.GetEmailSubject Queries current email subject. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| SharingService.ServicesForItems Queries available services for some items. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| SharingService.SetEmailRecipients Sets email recipients list for next share. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| SharingService.SetEmailSubject Sets email subject for next share. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| SharingService.SetTrigger Sets a trigger to call for the share. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| SharingService.ShareHTML Shares html with services. | Mac only 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| SharingService.ShareItems Shares items with services. | Mac only 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| SharingService.ShareValues Shares text or containers with services. | Mac only 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.AddArgument Adds an argument. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.AddEnvironment Adds an entry for environment variables. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.AvailableBytesError Queries number of available bytes in error. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.AvailableBytesOutput Queries number of available bytes in output. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.ClearArguments Clears arguments list. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.ClearEnvironment Clears list of environment variables. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.CloseInput Closes input stream. | Mac/Win/Linux 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.CloseStreams Closes all streams. | Mac/Win/Linux 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.Execute Executes a child process. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.ExitCode Queries exit code of child application. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetApplicationName Queries application name. | Win only 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetArgument Queries argument. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetArgumentCount Queries number of arguments. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetArguments Queries arguments as list. | Mac/Win/Linux 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetBufferSize Queries desired shell buffer size. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetCompletedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when shell is done. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.GetCompletedScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in when shell is done. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.GetCompletedScriptName Queries name of script to call when shell is done. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.GetCurrentDirectory Queries current directory path. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetDataAvailableEvaluate Queries expression to be run when data is available. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.GetDataAvailableScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in when shell has data available. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.GetDataAvailableScriptName Queries script name to call in when shell has data available. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.GetDomain Queries domain name for login. | Win only 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetEnvironment Queries list with environment variables. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetMergeErrorAndOutput Queries whether to use one pipe or two pipes for output and error. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetPassword Queries password for login. | Win only 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetTag Queries tag value. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.GetUsername Queries user name. | Win only 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.IsRunning Queries whether application is running. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.List Lists all IDs of shell objects. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.New Creates a new shell object. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.PeekErrorText Peeks into error output buffer. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.PeekOutputText Peeks into output buffer. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.ProcessIdentifier Queries process identifier of child process. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.ReadErrorText Reads error. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.ReadOutputText Reads output. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.Release Frees the shell object. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.ReleaseAll Frees all Shell objects. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetApplicationName Sets the application name. | Win only 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetArguments Sets list of arguments to parameters of this functions. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetArgumentsList Sets list of arguments. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetBufferSize Sets desired shell buffer size. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetCompletedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when shell is done. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.SetCompletedScript Sets which script to call when shell is done. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.SetCurrentDirectory Sets the current directory to use. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets expression to be run when shell has data available. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.SetDataAvailableScript Sets the script to run when new data arrived. | Mac/Win/Linux 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| Shell.SetDomain Sets the domain to use for login. | Win only 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetMergeErrorAndOutput Sets whether to use one pipe or two pipes for output and error. | Mac/Win/Linux 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetPassword Sets the password for login. | Win only 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetTag Sets tag value. | Mac/Win/Linux 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.SetUsername Sets the user name. | Win only 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.Terminate Terminates the child process. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.TerminationReason Returns the reason the task was terminated. | Mac only 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.Wait Waits for child process. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Shell.WriteInputText Writes a text to input stream. | Mac/Win/Linux 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| ShowURL Shows an URL. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Available Whether SmartCard API is available. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.BeginTransaction Starts a transaction. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Cancel Terminates all outstanding actions within a specific resource manager context. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.CancelTransaction Cancels current transaction. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Connect Connects to a smartcard. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Control Direct control of the reader. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Disconnect Disconnects card. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.EndTransaction Ends transaction. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.GetActiveProtocol Queries the active protocol. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.GetAttribute Retrieves the current reader attribute. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.HeaderTemplate Queries header template. | Mac/Win 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| SmartCard.Init Initializes a smartcard context. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.ListReaderGroups Queries list of reader groups. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.ListReaders Queries list of readers. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.PerformSignature Performs signature. | Mac/Win 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.ReadCertificate Reads certificate for smart cards. | Mac/Win 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.ReadFile Read file from smart card with APDU protocol. | Mac/Win 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Reconnect Reconnects to smart card with different protocol. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Release Releases context and all memory needed. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.ReleaseAll Frees all SmartCard objects. | Mac/Win 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.SetAttribute Sets the given reader attribute. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.SplitValues Split values read from smart card. | Mac/Win 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Status Queries current status of smart card in reader. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Transmit Sends a service request to the smart card and expects to receive data back from the card. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.TransmitReceiveHeader Returns the receive header from last Transmit. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SmartCard.Valid Determines whether a smart card context handle is valid. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.AcceptNewConnection Accepts a new connection and returns a new socket. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.AddMembership Adds this socket to a multicast group. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.AvailableBytes Queries number of bytes in read buffer. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.Check Performs the socket event check. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.CheckAll Checks status of all sockets. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.ClearErrorHandler Clears the error handler. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.ClearNewConnectionHandler Clears the new connection handler. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.Close Closes a socket. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.CloseAll Closes all open sockets. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.Connect Connects a TCP/IP socket to the given domain/IP on the given port. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.DropMembership Removes this socket from a multicast group. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.EnableKeepAlive Enables keep alive of TCP/IP socket. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.GetBroadcast Queries whether broadcasts are allowed. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.GetMulticastInterface Queries the interface to use for multicast. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.GetMulticastLoop Queries whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.GetMulticastTimeToLive Queries time to live for multicast data packets. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.GetReceiveBufferSize Query receive buffer size. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.GetSendBufferSize Query send buffer size. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.GetTag Queries the tag value of the socket. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.GetTimeToLive Queries time to live for data packets. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.IsClosed Checks if socket got closed. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.IsListening Checks whether socket is listening. | All 9.0 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.LastError Queries the last error code for the given socket. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.LastMessageIP Returns the IP from the last message received. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.LastMessagePort Returns the port from the last message received. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.List Liste all reference numbers for sockets. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.Listen Binds the socket to the port and starts listening. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.LocalIP Queries local IP. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.LocalPort Queries local port number. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.NewTCPSocket Creates a new TCP Socket. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.NewUDPSocket Creates a new UDP Socket. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.Peek Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.PeekAll Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.PeekAllHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.PeekHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.Read Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.ReadAll Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.ReadAllHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.ReadHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.ReadLine Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.ReadLineHex Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.ReadMLLP Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.RemoteIP Returns IP of the remote socket. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.RemotePort Returns port of the socket on the other side. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SSL.Accept Wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SSL.Connect Initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SSL.GetMethod Queries the SSL method. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SSL.Initialize Initializes a SSL connection. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SSL.Prepare First step in SSL initialization. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SSL.SetMethod Sets the SSL method for this socket. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SSL.UseCertificateFile Defines to use a certificate key file for this SSL socket. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SSL.UsePrivateKeyFile Defines to use a private key file for this SSL socket. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SendMessage Sends an UDP data message. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SendMessageHex Sends an UDP data message. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetBroadcast Enables or disables whether broadcasts are allowed. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available evaluation for this socket. | All 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this socket. | All 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableURL Sets the URL to query when data is available. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetErrorEvaluate Sets the error expression for this socket. | All 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Socket.SetErrorHandler Sets the error handler for this socket. | All 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Socket.SetErrorURL Sets the URL to query when error happens. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetMulticastInterface Sets the interface to use for multicast. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetMulticastLoop Sets whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetMulticastTimeToLive Sets time to live for multicast data packets. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionEvaluate Sets the new connection expression for this socket. | All 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionHandler Sets the new connection handler for this socket. | All 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionURL Sets the URL to query when new connection is received. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetReceiveBufferSize Sets receive buffer size. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetSendBufferSize Sets send buffer size. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetTag Sets the tag of the socket. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.SetTimeToLive Sets time to live for data packets. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.Write Writes text to the socket. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.WriteByte Writes a single byte to the socket. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.WriteHex Writes text to the socket. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Socket.WriteMLLP Writes text to the socket. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Speech.AttributesForVoices Queries attributes for a voice. | Mac/iOS 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| Speech.AvailableVoices Query the list of available voices. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Speech.IsPaused Checks whether we are paused. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| Speech.IsSpeaking Queries whether text is speaking. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| Speech.Pause Pauses speech. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| Speech.Resume Resumes speech. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| Speech.Speak Speaks text. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| Speech.Stop Stops speech as soon as possible. | Mac/Win/iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| SpeechRecognition.AuthorizationStatus Queries authorization status. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| SpeechRecognition.Initialize Initializes the Speech Recognition. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| SpeechRecognition.IsInitialized Checks whether we are initialized. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| SpeechRecognition.Recognize Recognizes some text. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| SpeechRecognition.RequestAuthorization Requests authorization for Speech Recognition. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| SpeechRecognition.SupportedLocales Queries supported locales. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| SpeechRecognition.SupportsOnDeviceRecognition Queries whether on device recognition is supported. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.AddPayment Adds a new payment to the transaction query. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.CanMakePayments Indicates whether the user is allowed to make payments. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.FinishTransaction Completes a pending transaction. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.InvalidProductIdentifiers Queries invalid product identifiers. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.IsProductViewVisible Whether the product view dialog is visible. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.LastError Queries last error as JSON. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.ProductQueryRunning Whether a product query is running. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.Products Queries product list. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.QueryProducts Queries products. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.RequestReview Shows review dialog. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.RestoreCompletedTransactions Asks the payment queue to restore previously completed purchases. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.SetProductViewFinishedTrigger Sets trigger for product view. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.SetRequestFailedTrigger Sets the script trigger for a failed request. | Mac/iOS 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.SetRestoreCompletedTransactionsTrigger Sets script triggered when transactions are restored. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.SetUpdatedTransactionsTrigger Sets the script to trigger when transactions change. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.ShowProductView Shows a new product screen to display. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreKit.Transactions Returns an array of pending transactions as JSON. | Mac/iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| StoreRegistration Stores registration on Mac in preferences file of FileMaker so the plugin can auto register itself on startup of FileMaker. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AddContextMenuCommand Adds a new command for contextual menu. | Mac only 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AddTag Adds a new color tag for script step, variable, function or formula coloring. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteCustomFunctions.GetEnabled Queries whether auto complete is activated for custom functions window. | Mac only 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteCustomFunctions.SetEnabled Sets whether auto complete is activated for custom functions window. | Mac only 15.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteCustomFunctionsParameters.GetEnabled Queries whether auto complete is activated for custom functions window with parameters. | Mac only 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteCustomFunctionsParameters.SetEnabled Sets whether auto complete is activated for custom functions window with parameters. | Mac only 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteFunctions.GetEnabled Queries whether parameters for auto completed functions is enabled. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteFunctions.SetEnabled Sets whether to auto complete MBS functions names. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteParameters.GetEnabled Queries whether parameters for auto completed functions is enabled. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteParameters.SetEnabled Sets whether to auto complete parameters for MBS functions names. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteVariables.GetEnabled Queries whether auto complete is enabled. | Mac only 12.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteVariables.GetGlobals Queries the list of known global variables. | Mac only 14.3 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteVariables.GetLocals Queries the initial list of local variables. | Mac only 14.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteVariables.SetEnabled Sets whether to do auto completion for calculation dialogs. | Mac only 12.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteVariables.SetGlobals Sets initial list of known global variables. | Mac only 14.3 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.AutoCompleteVariables.SetLocals Sets the initial list of local variables. | Mac only 14.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Disable Disables checking variable declarations in FileMaker Scripts. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Enable Enables checking variable declarations in FileMaker Scripts. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Enabled Queries if checking variable declarations are enabled or not. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.GetLimits Queries limits for variable check. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Disable Disables notifications sent by variable check. | Mac only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Enable Enables notifications sent by variable check. | Mac only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Enabled Queries whether notifications are enabled. | Mac only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.SetLimits Sets limits for variable check. | Mac only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.Clear Clears all rules. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ClearContextMenuCommands Clears list of menu commands. | Mac only 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ClipboardConverter.GetEnabled Queries whether the clipboard converter is enabled. | Mac/Win 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ClipboardConverter.SetEnabled Sets whether the clipboard converter is enabled. | Mac/Win 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ColorizeScript Colorises a script text. | Mac only 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CommentLinks.GetEnabled Whether comment links are enabled. | Mac only 12.3 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CommentLinks.SetEnabled Sets whether comment links are enabled. | Mac only 12.3 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ContextualMenuEnabled.GetEnabled Queries whether contextual menu commands from plugin are enabled. | Mac only 6.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ContextualMenuEnabled.SetEnabled Enables contextual menu commands for tables. | Mac only 6.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CopyButton.GetEnabled Queries whether copy button for script editor is enabled. | Mac only 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.CopyButton.SetEnabled Enables or disables copy script button. | Mac only 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.DebuggerScrolling.GetEnabled Queries whether we improve scrolling in debugger. | Mac only 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.DebuggerScrolling.SetEnabled Sets whether we improve debugger scrolling. | Mac only 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.Disable Disables Syntax coloring in FileMaker Scripts. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.DontOpenManageDatabaseDialogWithRelations.GetEnabled Queries whether we avoid opening manage database dialog with relationships. | Mac only 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.DontOpenManageDatabaseDialogWithRelations.SetEnabled Sets whether we avoid opening manage database dialog with relationships. | Mac only 11.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.Enable Enables Syntax coloring in FileMaker Scripts. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.Enabled Queries if syntax coloring is enabled or not. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.FactoryDefaults Resets all rules to the default settings. | Mac only 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.Format Applies formatting rules to the formula text and returns styled text. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.FormatCalculation Reformats the calculation text. | All 14.1 |
✅ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetAddFindbars Queries whether the plugin adds find bars. | Mac only 8.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetCodeFoldingEnabled Queries whether to enable code folding. | Mac only 14.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetCustomFunctionToolsEnabled Queries whether to show custom function tools. | Mac only 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetDataViewerFormatButtonEnabled New in 15.5 Queries current setting. | Mac only 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetDebuggerTooltipsEnabled Queries whether debugger tooltips are enabled. | Mac only 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetExportTooltipsEnabled Queries whether export dialog tooltips are enabled. | Mac only 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetFontName Queries font name. | Mac only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetFontSize Queries current font size for Script Workspace. | Mac only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetFormulasWithDashLinks Queries whether to generate links for dash. | Mac only 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetFormulasWithLinks Queries whether to include links in formula. | Mac only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetMinCalcFontSize Queries configured minimum font size. | Mac only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetRelationGraphSearchBoxPreferredSize Queries preferred size for the search box in relation graph window. | Mac only 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetRememberColumnWidths Queries whether to remember column widths. | Mac only 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptHighlightColor Queries the current highlight color. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptIfColor Queries the current script if block color. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptLoopColor Queries the current script loop block color. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptSearchColor Queries the current script search color. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowFieldAndTableIDs Queries whether to show field and table IDs. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowLayoutIDs Queries whether to show layout IDs. | Mac only 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowScriptIDs Queries whether to show script IDs. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowValueListIDs Queries whether to show value list IDs. | Mac only 12.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetTag Queries the color for a tag. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.GetTags Query list of all tag names defined so far. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.HelpMenu.GetEnabled Queries whether MBS Plugin menu entries show in help menu. | Mac only 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.HelpMenu.SetEnabled Sets whether MBS Plugin menu entries show in help menu. | Mac only 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ListContextMenuCommand Lists all contextual menu commands. | Mac only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.RelationshipGraphSearchBox.GetEnabled Queries whether relationship graph shows a search box. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.RelationshipGraphSearchBox.SetEnabled Enables or disables relation graph search box. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.RemoveContextMenuCommand Removes a context menu command. | Mac only 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.RemoveTag Removes a color tag. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptGoToBox.GetEnabled Queries whether script editor shows a goto box. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptGoToBox.SetEnabled Enables or disables script go to box. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptIfLoopHighlight.GetEnabled Queries enabled status for if/loop blocks highlighting. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptIfLoopHighlight.SetEnabled Sets whether to highlight if/loop blocks in script editor. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.GetEnabled Queries whether script editor shows a search box. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.GetRegEx Queries whether regular expressions are used in script search. | Mac only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.GetText Queries current search text. | Mac only 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.SetEnabled Enables or disables script search box. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.SetRegEx Sets whether script search uses regular expressions. | Mac only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.SetText Sets the search text and runs a search in current script. | Mac only 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetAddFindbars Sets whether the plugin adds find bars. | Mac only 8.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetCodeFoldingEnabled Sets whether to enable code folding. | Mac only 14.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetCustomFunctionToolsEnabled Sets whether to show custom function and calculation tools. | Mac only 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetDataViewerFormatButtonEnabled New in 15.5 Sets whether to show format button in the value window in data viewer. | Mac only 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetDebuggerTooltipsEnabled Sets whether debugger tooltips are enabled. | Mac only 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetExportTooltipsEnabled Sets whether export dialog tooltips are enabled. | Mac only 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetFontName Sets the font name. | Mac only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetFontSize Sets current font size for Script Workspace. | Mac only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetFormulasWithDashLinks Sets whether formulas should link to dash. | Mac only 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetFormulasWithLinks Sets whether formulas should include links. | Mac only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetMinCalcFontSize Sets the minimum text size to apply for calculations. | Mac only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetRelationGraphSearchBoxPreferredSize Sets the preferred size for the relation graph. | Mac only 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetRememberColumnWidths Whether to remember column widths. | Mac only 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptHighlightColor Sets the highlight color. | Mac only 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptIfColor Sets the highlight color for if block in a script. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptLoopColor Sets the highlight color for if block in a script. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptSearchColor Sets the search color. | Mac only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowFieldAndTableIDs Set whether to show field and table IDs. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowLayoutIDs Sets whether layout IDs are enabled. | Mac only 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowScriptIDs Set whether to show script IDs. | Mac only 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowValueListIDs Sets whether value list IDs are enabled. | Mac only 12.0 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ShowBracketPositions.GetEnabled Queries whether plugin highlights brackets. | Mac only 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ShowBracketPositions.SetEnabled Sets whether plugin highlights brackets. | Mac only 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ShowTextPositions.GetEnabled Queries whether text positions are enabled. | Mac only 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ShowTextPositions.SetEnabled Sets whether to show text positions. | Mac only 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SortMenuEntries.GetEnabled Queries whether menu entries get sorted. | Mac only 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SortMenuEntries.SetEnabled Enables or disables menu sorting. | Mac only 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SortStyleMenu.GetEnabled Queries whether to sort style menu in contextual menu. | Mac only 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.SortStyleMenu.SetEnabled Whether to sort style menu in contextual menu. | Mac only 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.TurnErrorsBlue.GetEnabled Queries whether turning errors blue is enabled. | Mac only 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.TurnErrorsBlue.SetEnabled Sets whether turning errors blue is enabled. | Mac only 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ZoomButton.GetEnabled Queries whether zoom controls are enabled. | Mac only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| SyntaxColoring.ZoomButton.SetEnabled Sets enabled state for zoom controls. | Mac only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| System.Logout Logout current user. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| System.Restart Restarts computer. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| System.Shutdown Shuts computer down. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| System.Sleep Asks computer to go to sleep (standby). | Mac/Win 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.ADSystemInfo Queries Active Directory information. | Win only 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| SystemInfo.AppResourceUsageStatistics Queries application resource usage statistics for current application. | Mac only 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.AppUsageStatistics Queries information about resource utilization. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.AvailableRAM Returns the size of the free RAM in bytes. | All 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.CPUBrandString Returns the CPU brand string. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.CPULoad Queries system load statistics. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.ComputerName Returns the name of the computer. | All 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.DomainName Returns the domain name of the current computer. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.DoubleClickTime Queries the double click time for this computer in seconds. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.HardDiscSerial Returns the hard disc serial number of the first hard disc which has a serial number. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.HostDNSName Queries the domain name for the host name. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.HostName Returns the hostname for this computer. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.IdleTime Returns the global idle time in seconds. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| SystemInfo.Is64bitWindows Checks Windows on Windows status. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.IsAdminUser Tries to check if user is admin user on the system. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.IsLowPowerModeEnabled Queries Low Power mode. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.IsiOSAppOnMac Whether the app is for iOS and runs on macOS. | All 11.0 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.IsiOSAppOnVision New in 16.0 Indicates whether the process is an iPhone or iPad app running on visionOS. | All 16.0 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.LinuxSystemInfo Queries Linux system information details. | Linux only 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MACAddress Returns the hardware ethernet address of the first ethernet card. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacAppDarkMode Queries dark mode setting for application. | Mac only 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacBoardID Queries board-id for Mac. | Mac only 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacBugFixVersion Returns the BugFix part of the Mac OS version number. | Mac only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacMajorVersion Returns the major Mac OS version number. | Mac only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacMemoryHostStatistics Queries memory host statistics for macOS and iOS. | Mac/iOS 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacMinorVersion Returns the minor Mac OS version number. | Mac only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacModel Returns the Mac Model string. | Mac only 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacProductName Queries the product name of the Mac. | Mac only 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacProductSOCName Queries the name of the system on chip in a Mac. | Mac only 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacROMBootVersion Returns boot ROM version string. | Mac only 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacSerialNumber Returns the Mac Serial number. | Mac only 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacSystemDarkMode Queries dark mode setting for system. | Mac only 9.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MacUUID Returns the system UUID on macOS. | Mac only 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.MachoArchInfo Queries Macho Architecture Info. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.NetworkStats Queries network statistics for link layer on MacOS. | Mac only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.OSName Returns the name of the operating system. | All 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.OSVersionString Returns the Name of the operating system with version. | All 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.PhysicalRAM Returns the size of the physical RAM in bytes. | All 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.ProcessorCount Returns the number of processors on the target system. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.SystemFont Returns the system font. | Mac/Win 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.Time Returns current system time stamp as double. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.UserName Returns the user name. | Mac/Win 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.UserShortName Returns the user's short name. eg 'admin' | Mac/Win 1.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WinBuildNumber Returns the windows build number of the operating system. | Win/Linux 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WinMajorVersion Returns the major version number of the operating system. | Win only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WinMinorVersion Returns the minor version number of the operating system. | Win only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WinPlatformId Returns the operating system platform. | Win only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WinProductKey Returns the product key of the Windows installation. | Win only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WinProductType Returns a number containing any additional information about the system. | Win only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WinSuiteMask Returns a bit mask that identifies the product suites available on the system. | Win only 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WinSystemMetrics Retrieves the specified system metric or system configuration setting. | Win only 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WindowsMachineInfo Queries system machine information. | Win only 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.WindowsSystemInfo Queries system information on Windows. | Win only 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isARM Whether CPU is ARM based. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isBigSur Whether the operation system is macOS 11 Big Sur or newer. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isCatalina Whether the operation system is macOS 10.15 Catalina or newer. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isHighSierra Whether the operation system is macOS 10.13 High Sierra or newer. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isMacOSX Returns 1 if being called on macOS. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isMojave Whether the operation system is macOS 10.14 Mojave or newer. | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isMonterey Whether the operation system is MacOS 12 Monterey or newer. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isSequoia Whether the operation system is macOS 15 Sequoia or newer. | All 14.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isSonoma Whether the operation system is macOS 14 Sonoma or newer. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isTahoe Whether the operation system is macOS 26 Tahoe or newer. | All 15.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isTranslated Queries whether application is translated on Apple Silicon Macs. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isVentura Whether the operation system is macOS 13 Ventura or newer. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isWindows10 Returns 1 if called on Windows 10 or higher. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isWindows11 Returns 1 if called on Windows 11. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| SystemInfo.isWindows8 Returns 1 if called on Windows 8. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| TAPI.AddressCount Returns number of addresses. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.AddressValue Queries a property of an address. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Answer answers an incoming call. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.BlindTransfer Performs a blind or single-step transfer of the specified call to the specified destination address. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.CallInfo Queries details on current call. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Connect Attempts to complete the connection of an outgoing call. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.CreateCall Creates a new phone call. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Dial Dials the specified address. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Disconnect Disconnects the call. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Finish Finishes the two-step process of transferring or adding the call to a conference. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.GetCallStateEvaluate Queries expression to be evaluated when call changes state. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.GetCallStateScriptFileName Queries the file name set for state changes on calls. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.GetCallStateScriptName Queries the script name set for state changes on calls. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.GetCallStateURL Queries URL to trigger for new calls. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.GetNewCallEvaluate Queries expression to evaluate for new calls. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.GetNewCallScriptFileName Queries the file name set for new calls. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.GetNewCallScriptName Queries the script name set for new calls. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.GetNewCallURL Queries URL to trigger for new calls. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.HandoffDirect Hands off the call to another application based on the media type of the call. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Hold Places or removes the call from the hold. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Initialize Initializes the TAPI interface. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.IsInitialized Queries TAPI initialization status. | Win only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.ListenOnAddress Asks the plugin to check for one address and wait for calls. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.ListenOnAllAddresses Asks the plugin to check all addresses and wait for calls. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.ParkDirect Parks the call at a specified address. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.ParkIndirect Parks the call and returns the parked address. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Pickup Picks up a call alerting at the specified group identification. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Release Releases one call and all it's resources used by the plugin. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.ReleaseAll Releases all calls known by the plugin. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.RemoveFromConference Removes the call from a conference if it is involved in one. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.SetCallStateEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate when a call changes state. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.SetCallStateScript Sets which script to call when a call changes state. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.SetCallStateURL Sets the URL to query when call changes state. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.SetNewCallEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate when a new call arrives. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.SetNewCallScript Sets which script to call when a new call is detected. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.SetNewCallURL Sets the URL to query when new call arrives. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Shutdown Shuts down TAPI support. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Transfer Transfers the current call to the destination address. | Win only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| TAPI.Unpark Gets the call from park. | Win only 4.4 |
❌ Server |
| TOTP.Calculate Calculates a Time-based one-time password. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| TOTP.CurrentTime Queries current time. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| TOTP.DecodeFromBase32 Decode a base 32 string. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| TOTP.EncodeToBase32 Encode a base32 string. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.AddLineNumbers Adds line numbers to text. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.AppendTextFile Appends a text file with the given text. | All 2.8 |
✅ Server |
| Text.CapitalCase Converts text to capital case letters. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Character Creates a character with given number. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Characters Returns the character codes. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Code Queries the number of a character. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Concat Creates a text with concatenating all the given parameters. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ConcatWithDelimiter Creates a text with concatenating all the given parameters. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ConvertFromTextEncoding Converts text from a text encoding. | All 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ConvertToTextEncoding Converts text into a text encoding. | All 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterComposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterDecomposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.CountWords Counts words. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeBytesFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as byte values. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64 Decode a base 64 string. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64URL Decode a base 64 URL string. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeFromBytes Decode a byte string. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeFromHTML Decodes html text. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeFromHex Decode a hex string. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeFromQuotedPrintable Decodes a string with quoted printable encoding. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeFromURL Decode an URL string. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeFromXML Decodes xml text. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeHexFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as hex values. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeIMAPFolderName Decodes text from IMAP UTF-7. | All 9.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.DecodeURLComponent Decodes an URL component. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Deserialize Restores a styled text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeBytesToBase64 Encodes string with byte values to base 64. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeEmailSubject Encodes an email subject. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeHexToBase64 Encodes hex string to base 64. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeToBase64 Encode a base64 string. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeToBase64URL Encode a base64 URL string. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeToBytes Encode a byte string. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeToHTML Encodes text as html. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeToHex Encode a hex string. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeToQuotedPrintable Returns a string with quoted printable characters. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeToURL Encode an URL string. | All 2.6 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeToXML Encodes text as xml. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.EncodeURLComponent Encodes an URL component. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.FileExtensionToMimeType Finds a mime type for a file extension. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.FilterASCII Filters text to ASCII. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.FilterSwissQRCode Filters characters for Swiss QR code for payments. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| Text.FilterUTF16 Filters text to UTF-16. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.FindBetween Searches text for text between the two search strings. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.FromStyles Creates styled text from JSON made with Text.Style. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.HTMLtoJSON Parses HTML and transforms to JSON. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.HTMLtoStyledText New in 15.5 Converts HTML to styled text. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Text.IdentifyData Checks file type from the data. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| Text.InvalidCharactersForEncoding Looks for invalid characters for an encoding. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.JaroWinklerDistance Calculates the string distance. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Text.LeftTrim Trims whitespace on the left side. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Length Query length of text. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.LevenshteinDistance Calculates the string distance. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| Text.List Creates a list with all the given parameters. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ListWords Split words and list them. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.LowerCase Converts text to lower case letters. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.MergeFields Merge field and variable names into text. | All 8.5 |
✅ Server |
| Text.MimeTypeToFileExtension Returns file extension for given mime type. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.RTFToText Parses RTF to styled text. | All 11.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ReadEMLXFile Reads email text from emlx file. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ReadTextFile Reads a text file. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ReadTextFromContainer Reads content of container value as text. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.RedefineEncoding Takes a text in a given encoding and reencodes it with other encoding. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.RemoveAccents Returns text without accents. | All 2.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.RemoveAccentsCaseInsensitive Returns text without accents. | All 2.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.RemoveControlCharacters Removes control characters. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.RemoveNewLine Removes newline characters from string. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.RemovePostfix Removes the postfix from text. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.RemovePrefix Removes the prefix from text. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ReplaceAll Find & Replace all occurrences of a text. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ReplaceNewLine Replaces newline characters. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Reverse Reverses the order of characters in the text. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.RightTrim Trims whitespace on the right side. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Serialize Serializes styled text as text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.SoundEx Returns soundex string for the given text. | All 2.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.SoundExGerman Returns soundex string for the given text. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| Text.SplitByLength Split the text by length and returns a list. | All 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Styles Queries style information as JSON. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.TextToHTML Creates HTML text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| Text.TextToRTF Creates RTF text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Tidy Performs tidy on XML or HTML. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.TidyErrorLog Queries the error log for the last call to the Text.Tidy function. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.Trim Trims whitespace on the left and right side. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| Text.UpperCase Converts text to upper case letters. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Text.WriteTextFile Writes a text file with the given text. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.WriteToContainer Write a text as a FILE in a container. | All 4.4 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ZLibCompress New in 15.5 Compresses the given data using lib. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| Text.ZLibDecompress New in 15.5 Decompresses the given data using lib. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| TextView.AppendStyledText Appends the styled text. | Mac/iOS 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.CanUndo Whether undo is possible currently. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.Copy Performs copy operation. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.CreateWithControl Creates a new text view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.CreateWithSize Creates a new text view inside the window with the given rectangle. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.Cut Performs cut operation. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetAutoCorrectionEnabled Queries auto correction setting. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | Mac/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetHTMLText Queries HTML text. | Mac/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetHeight Queries current height of text view. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetLeft Queries current position of the text view. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetPlainText Queries plain text. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetRTF Queries RTF text. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetReadOnly Queries read only flag. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetRulerVisible Queries ruler visibility. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetSelectedHTMLText Queries HTML text. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetSelectedPlainText Queries plain text. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetSelectedRTF Queries RTF text. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetSelectedStyledText Queries styled text. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetSelectionLength Queries length of selection. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetSelectionStart Queries start of selection. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetSpellCheckingEnabled Queries spell checking setting. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetStyled Queries styled flag. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetStyledText Queries styled text. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this text view. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetTop Queries current position of the text view. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetWidth Queries current width of the text view. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.GetWindowRef Queries the window where this text view is located. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.List Queries list of all currently active text views. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.Paste Performs paste operation. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.Release Releases the text view and reclaims memory. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all text views. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetAutoCorrectionEnabled Sets auto correction setting. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | Mac/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetFocus Sets focus to the text view. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the text view. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions text view to given control. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetHTMLText Sets text with HTML. | Mac/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetPlainText Sets the plain text. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetRTF Sets text with RTF. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetReadOnly Sets read only flag. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetRulerVisible Sets whether ruler is visible. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetSelectedHTMLText Sets text with HTML. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetSelectedPlainText Sets the plain text. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetSelectedRTF Sets text with RTF. | Mac/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetSelectedStyledText Sets the styled text. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetSelection Sets selection. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetSelectionLength Sets selection length. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetSelectionStart Sets selection start. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetSpellCheckingEnabled Sets the spell checking setting. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetStyled Sets styled flag. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetStyledText Sets the styled text. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this text view. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.SetVisible Hides or shows the text view. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.ShowFontPanel Shows font panel. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| TextView.Undo Performs undo operation. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| Time.Format Formats a date with C time formatting functions. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| Time.Parse Parses a date. | All 6.4 |
✅ Server |
| Time.Sleep Delays execution for the given number of milliseconds. | All 4.1 |
✅ Server |
| Time.TimeStampToUTC Converts timestamp to UTC. | All 6.1 |
✅ Server |
| Time.TimeZoneOffset Queries time zone offset. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| Time.UnixTimeStamp Returns the unix time stamp. | All 3.1 |
✅ Server |
| Time.UnixTimeStampToFileMaker Converts time from unix to FileMaker. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Time.Wait Waits for the given number of milliseconds. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| Toolbar.Install Installs necessary functions to modify FileMaker's toolbar. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Toolbar.Register Registers a new toolbar button. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Toolbar.SetImage Overwrites image used for a toolbar item. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Toolbar.SetLabel Overwrites label used for a toolbar item. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Toolbar.SetPaletteLabel Overwrites palette label used for a toolbar item. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Toolbar.SetTooltip Overwrites tooltip used for a toolbar item. | Mac only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| Toolbar.Unregister Removes an item from the list of identifiers. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.AddButton Adds a simple button. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.AssignToApp Assigns the TouchBar to be the main one for current app. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.AssignToWindow Assigns the TouchBar to be the one used with the given window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.Available Checks whether TouchBar is available. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.Clear Clears items in this TouchBar. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.Create Creates a new touch bar object. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.GetAutomaticCustomizeTouchBarMenuItemEnabled Queries whether customize menu is automatically enabled. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.GetCustomizationAllowedItemIdentifiers Queries allowed items identifier. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.GetCustomizationIdentifier Queries the customization identifier. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.GetCustomizationRequiredItemIdentifiers Queries the required identifiers. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.GetDefaultItemIdentifiers Queries the default identifiers. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.GetItemIdentifiers Queries the resolved array of item identifiers. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.GetPrincipalItemIdentifier Queries the principal item identifier. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.List Lists all IDs of Touch Bar objects. | Mac only 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| TouchBar.Release Releases the TouchBar. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.ReleaseAll Frees all TouchBar objects. | Mac only 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.SetAutomaticCustomizeTouchBarMenuItemEnabled Sets whether customize menu is automatically enabled. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.SetCustomizationAllowedItemIdentifiers Sets allowed items identifier. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.SetCustomizationIdentifier Sets the customization identifier. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.SetCustomizationRequiredItemIdentifiers Sets the required identifiers. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.SetDefaultItemIdentifiers Sets the default identifiers. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.SetPrincipalItemIdentifier Sets the principal item identifier. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.ToggleCustomizationPalette Show or dismiss the customization palette for the currently displayed touch bars. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| TouchBar.Visible Queries visible state. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Trace Starts logging all plugin calls to a text file. | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.AreErrorNotificationsEnabled Checks whether error notifications are enabled. | Mac only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Trace.DisableErrorNotifications Disables error notifications. | Mac only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Trace.EnableErrorNotifications Enable error notifications. | Mac only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| Trace.GetErrorsOnly Queries whether to trace only errors. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.GetServerLogPath Queries server log path. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.GetWithTimes Queries whether to trace with times. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.IsEnabled Queries trace on/off status. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.IsPaused Queries pause state of trace function. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.Off Disables tracing. | All 3.3 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.Path Queries current trace path. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.Pause Pauses trace logging until you resume. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.Resume Resumes trace logging. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.SetErrorsOnly Sets whether to only log trace. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.SetServerLogPath Enables logging per thread for server. | All 10.4 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.SetWithTimes Sets whether to include times in traces. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| Trace.WriteLine Adds line to trace logging. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| Translation.Available New in 16.0 Queries whether translation is available. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.CanRequestDownloads New in 16.0 Queries whether this session can download. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.IsReady New in 16.0 Checks whether the session is ready to translate. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.List New in 16.0 Lists all identifiers for translation sessions. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.PrepareTranslation New in 16.0 Prepares translation. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.Release New in 16.0 Frees the translation session. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.ReleaseAll New in 16.0 Releases all translation sessions. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.SourceLanguage New in 16.0 Queries the input language to translate from. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.StartSession New in 16.0 Begins a new session. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.Status New in 16.0 Checks whether translation is available. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.SupportedLanguages New in 16.0 Queries the list of translation languages the framework supports. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.TargetLanguage New in 16.0 Queries output language to translate into. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.TranslateString New in 16.0 Translates a single string of text. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Translation.Translations New in 16.0 Translates a several strings. | Mac/iOS 16.0 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.Acquire Acquires a picture. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.ClearCancelScript Clears the cancel script. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.ClearNotificationScript Clears the notification script. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.CloseDS Closes data source. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.CloseDSM Closes data source manager. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.CurrentDSIdentity Queries current data source. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.CurrentImage Queries the current image from last query. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.DisableDS Disables the data source. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetAutofeed Queries whether plugin should auto feed (if feeder is enabled). | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetAutomaticBorderDetection Queries whether plugin should enable automatic border detection. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetAutomaticBrightness Queries the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any). | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetAutomaticRotate Queries whether plugin should enable automatic rotation. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetBrightness Queries the brightness setting to use. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetCloseAfterTransfer Whether to close window and data source after a transfer. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetCompressionQuality Queries the current quality setting. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetContrast Queries which contrast value to use. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetDSIdentitiesCount Queries number of data sources. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetDSIdentity Queries data source with given index. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetDefaultIdentity Queries default data source. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetDiscardBlankPages Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | Mac/Win 3.2 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetDuplexEnabled Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | Mac/Win 3.2 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetFeededEnabled Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetFilePaths Queries the list of file paths used to create files. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetFileType Queries the current file type. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetFolderPath Queries the folder path. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetGamma Queries the gamma correction value for the image data. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetHighlight Queries which value to use for highlight. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetImageCount Queries the number of images in memory. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetOrientation Queries current orientation. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetPaper Queries the paper to use. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetPixelType Queries current pixel type setting. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetResolutionX Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetResolutionY Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetShadow Queries which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.GetUIVisible Queries internal state from plugin about whether a TWAIN dialog is visible currently. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.ImageInfo Queries image details for last scanned image. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.Initialize Initializes the Twain functions. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.IsDSEnabled Whether data source is enabled. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.IsInitialized Checks if Twain library has been initialized. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.OpenDS Opens a data source. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.OpenDSM Opens data source manager. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SelectDS Queries dialog to ask the user to select a data source. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SelectDSIdentity Sets current data source. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetAutofeed Whether to enable auto feed when next scan starts. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetAutomaticBorderDetection Whether to enable automatic border detection when next scan starts. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetAutomaticBrightness Enables or disables the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any). | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetAutomaticRotate Whether to enable automatic rotation when next scan starts. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetBrightness Sets the brightness setting to use. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetCancelScript Sets the script to call when a dialog was shown and the user pressed Cancel button. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetCloseAfterTransfer Whether to close window and data source after a transfer. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetCompressionQuality Sets the compression quality for JPEG images. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetContrast Sets which contrast value to use. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetDefaultDSIdentity Sets default data source. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetDiscardBlankPages Whether to have the scanner ask to discard blank pages. | Mac/Win 3.2 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetDuplexEnabled Whether to enable duplex when next scan starts. | Mac/Win 3.2 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetFeededEnabled Whether to enable feeder when next scan starts. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetFileType Sets the file type to use for writing image files. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetFolderPath Sets the folder path for storing image files. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetGamma Sets the gamma correction value for the image data. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetHighlight Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the lightest highlight. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetNotificationScript Sets the script to call when a transfer is complete and you can query image. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetOrientation Sets current orientation. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetPaper Requests to use a certain paper. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetPaperSize Requests a page size in inches. | Mac/Win 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetPixelType Sets the pixel type requested on next Twain.Acquire command. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetResolutionX Sets the horizontal resolution for scanning. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetResolutionY Sets the vertical resolution for scanning. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SetShadow Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow. | Mac/Win 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SupportsBW Whether device supports black and white pixel type. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SupportsGray Whether current device supports gray pixel type. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SupportsMemoryTransfer Whether device supports memory transfers. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.SupportsRGB Whether current device supports RGB pixel type. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| Twain.TransferImage Transfers an image. | Mac/Win 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Action Queries identifier of action. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.AddFile Adds an attachment to the notification. | Mac/iOS 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.AddImage Adds an attachment to the notification. | Mac/iOS 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.AddUserInfo Adds user info. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.AuthorizationError Queries error for notification authorization. | Mac/iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.AuthorizationGranted Queries whether notifications are allowed. | Mac/iOS 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Badge Queries badge number. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Body Queries the body of the notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.CategoryIdentifier Queries the category identifier. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Date Queries the date displayed on the notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Deliver Delivers notification now. | Mac/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.DeliveredNotifications Queries list of delivered notifications. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.GetDescription Queries description of notification. | Mac/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Identifier Queries identifier. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.IsRegisteredForRemoteNotifications Checks whether we can get remote notifications. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.LaunchImageName Queries launch image name. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.List Lists all IDs of notification objects. | Mac/iOS 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| UNNotification.New Creates a new notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.NextTriggerDate Quereis next trigger date. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.NotificationSettings Checks notification settings. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.PendingNotificationRequests Queries list of pending notifications. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Region Queries region of location based trigger. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Release Release reference to notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.ReleaseAll Releases all notifications. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.RemoteNotificationsDeviceToken Queries device token. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.RemoteNotificationsError Queries the error from remote notification registration. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.RemoveAllDeliveredNotifications Removes all delivered notifications from system. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.RemoveAllPendingNotificationRequests Removed all pending notification requests. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.RemoveDeliveredNotificationsWithIdentifiers Removes delivered notifications from system. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.RemovePendingNotificationRequestsWithIdentifiers Removed pending notification requests. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Repeats Queries repeat status. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Schedule Schedule notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetActionScript Sets which script to call when a notification’s action is triggered. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetBadge Sets the badge number. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetBody Sets the body of the notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetCalendarDateTrigger Sets a calendar based trigger. | Mac/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetCalendarTrigger Sets a calendar based trigger. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetCategoryIdentifier Sets the category identifier. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetLaunchImageName Sets the launch image name. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetLocationTrigger Sets a location trigger. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetNFCScript Sets NFC trigger script. | iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetScript Sets which script to call when a notification is presented. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetSound Sets the sound to play. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetSubTitle Sets the subtitle of the notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetThreadIdentifier Sets thread identifier. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetTimeIntervalTrigger Sets a time base trigger. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SetTitle Sets title of notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.SubTitle Queries subtitle of notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.ThreadIdentifier Queries thread identifier. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.TimeInterval Queries time interval for time based trigger. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Title Queries title of notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.Type Queries type of notification. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.UserInfoKeys Queries keys for user info. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| UNNotification.UserInfoValue Queries value for given key in user info. | Mac/iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| URLScheme.GetDefaultHandler Queries the default scheme handler for the given scheme name. | Mac/Win 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| URLScheme.InstallURLEventHandler Installs an event handler for the URL event and calls the script you specify with the URL as parameter. | Mac only 2.0 |
❌ Server |
| URLScheme.SetDefaultHandler Sets the user's preferred handler for the specified URL scheme to point to the current application. | Mac/Win 2.0 |
❌ Server |
| USB.Count Queries all USB Devices and returns the number of found devices. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| USB.FindDevice Finds USB devices. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| USB.FindSerialNumber Searches the USB device list for a device with the given serial number. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| USB.GetProductID Queries the product ID of an USB device. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| USB.GetProductName Queries the product name of an USB device. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| USB.GetSerialNumber Queries the serial number of an USB device. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| USB.GetVendorID Queries the vendor ID of an USB device. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| USB.GetVendorName Queries the vendor name of an USB device. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| UUID.Formatted Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a formatted string. | All 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| UUID.FromNumber Converts from formatted UUID to UUID number. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| UUID.Hex Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a hex string. | All 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| UUID.Number Creates new UUID number. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| UUID.Raw Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a 16 byte string. The string is not for displaying to users, but for small footprint on storage. | All 2.3 |
✅ Server |
| UUID.TimeFromUUIDv7 New in 15.5 Queries the timestamp of an UUIDv7. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| UUID.ToNumber Converts from UUID number to formatted UUID. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| UUID.UUIDv7 New in 15.5 Creates a new UUIDv7 and returns it as a formatted string. | All 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.Close Closes the current zip file. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.GlobalComment Reads the global comment of the zip archive. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemCRC Queries the checksum for a file. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemComment Queries the file comment of the given item. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressedSize Queries compressed item size. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressionMethod Queries the compression method used for this item. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemCount Queries number of items in the archive. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemDate Queries file date of item. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemDiskNumberStart Queries the disk number start. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemExternalFileAttributes Queries the external file attributes for this item. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemFlag Queries the flags for this item. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemInternalFileAttributes Queries the internal file attributes for this item. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemName Queries the file name of the given item. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileComment Queries the size of the comment in bytes. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileExtra Queries the size of extra file data. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileName Queries the size of the file name. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemUncompressedSize Queries uncompressed item size. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersion Queries the version number of the zip format used to create this entry. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersionNeeded Returns the version needed to uncompress this entry. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsFileContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with data. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsGIFContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with GIF data. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsHex Reads the file with given index as data and return hex text. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsJPEGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with JPEG data. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsPNGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with PNG data. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsText Reads the file with given index as text. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.ReadToFile Reads file from archive and writes it to a new file. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| UnZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for uncompressing. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| Unregister Unregisters the plugin license. | All 1.6 |
✅ Server |
| Updater.CheckForUpdates Explicitly checks for updates and displays a progress dialog while doing so. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.CheckForUpdatesInBackground Checks for updates, but does not display any UI unless an update is found. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.GetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates Queries whether automatic update check is enabled. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.GetAutomaticallyDownloadsUpdates Queries whether automatic update download is enabled. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.GetFeedURL Queries the URL of the update feed. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.GetSendsSystemProfile Queries whether to send system profile while updating. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.LastUpdateCheckDate Queries the last update check timestamp. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.SetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates Turns automatically checking for updates on or off. | Mac/Win 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.SetAutomaticallyDownloadsUpdates Sets whether automatic update download is enabled. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.SetSendsSystemProfile Sets whether to send system profile while updating. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Updater.UpdateInProgress Queries whether an update is in progress. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.ClearDidActivateNotificationScript Clears the name for the activate notification handler. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.ClearDidDeliverNotificationScript Clears the name for the deliver notification handler. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.ContentImage Queries image shown in the content of the notification. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.Create Creates a new user notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetActionButtonTitle Queries current action button title. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetActivationType Queries how the notification was activated. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetActualDeliveryDate Queries actual delivery date. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetDeliveryDate Queries the planned delivery date. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetDeliveryTimeZone Queries the time zone for this notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetDescription Queries description for debugging. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetIdentifier Queries the identifier used to uniquely identify a notification. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetInformativeText Queries the body text of the notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetOtherButtonTitle Queries the other button's custom title. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetResponse Queries the response text. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetResponsePlaceholder Queries the optional placeholder for inline reply field. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetSoundName Queries sound name for notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetSubTitle Queries the current sub title of the notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetTitle Queries current title of notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.GetUserInfo Queries application specific user info data. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.HasReplyButton Queries whether the notification has a reply button. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.Release Releases a notification reference. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.ReleaseAll Frees all user notification objects. | Mac only 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetActionButtonTitle Sets the title of the button displayed in the notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetContentImage Sets image shown in the content of the notification. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetDeliveryDate Sets the delivery date. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetDeliveryTimeZone Set the time zone to interpret the delivery date in. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetDidActivateNotificationScript Sets the activation notification action handler. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetDidDeliverNotificationScript Sets the delivery notification action handler. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetHasActionButton Sets whether notification has an action button. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetHasReplyButton Sets whether the notification has a reply button. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetIdentifier Sets the identifier used to uniquely identify a notification. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetInformativeText Sets the body of the notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetOtherButtonTitle Set the localized string to customize the title of the 'Close' button in an alert-style notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetResponsePlaceholder Sets the optional placeholder for inline reply field. | Mac only 3.5 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetSoundName Sets sound name. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetSubTitle Sets the subtitle displayed in the notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetTitle Sets the title of the notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.SetUserInfo Stores Application-specific user info that may be retrieved later. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.deliverNotification Deliver a notification immediately, including animation or sound alerts. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.deliveredNotifications Queries list of all delivered notifications. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.hasActionButton Queries whether notification has an action button. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.isPresented Whether the notification has been presented. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.isRemote Queries whether this is a remote notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.removeAllDeliveredNotifications Clear all delivered notifications for this application from the notification center. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.removeAllScheduledNotifications Remove all scheduled user notifications from the user notification center. | Mac only 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.removeDeliveredNotification Clear a delivered notification from the notification center. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.removeScheduledNotification Cancels a notification. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.scheduleNotification Add a notification to the center for scheduling. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| UserNotification.scheduledNotifications Queries list of all delivered notifications. | Mac only 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| Variable.Add Adds a value to a given variable atomically. | All 8.3 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.Append Appends text to a variable. | All 9.5 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.AppendJSON Appends a JSON to the JSON array in the variable. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.AppendValue Appends a value to a variable. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.Clear Destroys a variable that was declared with Variable.Set. | All 1.2 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.ClearAll Clears all variables. | All 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.Exists Checks if a variable with that name exists. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.Get Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using Variable.Set. | All 1.2 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.List Returns list of all variables names and values. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.Lookup Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using Variable.Set. | All 12.3 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.Names Queries list of all variable names. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.PopJSON Queries JSON from the JSON array stored in a named variable. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.PopValue Queries and removes the last value from variable. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.Reset Resets the list of variables. | All 4.0 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.Set Stores a named variable that can be retrieved later using Variable.Get. | All 1.2 |
✅ Server |
| Variable.ValueCount Queries number of values in a variable. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| Version Useful for doing auto-updates from server and version checking. | All 1.0 |
✅ Server |
| VersionAutoUpdate Returns the version in the auto update format. e.g. 02040028 | All 2.4 |
✅ Server |
| Vision.ClassifyImage Classifies content of image. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Vision.DetectBarcode Detects barcodes in images. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Vision.KnownClassifications Queries classifications. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Vision.RecognizeText Recognizes text. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Vision.RecognizeTextJSON Recognizes text and returns result as JSON. | Mac/iOS 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| Vision.RectifyDocument Performs document detection and segmentation in an image. | Mac/iOS 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| Vision.SupportedRecognitionLanguages Queries supported languages. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| Vision.SupportedSymbologies Queries list of supported barcode types. | Mac/iOS 9.4 |
✅ Server |
| WIA.ClearCurrentDevice Clears current device. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.DeviceCount Queries number of devices. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.DeviceProperties Queries the properties for the device as JSON. | Win only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.DevicePropertyKeys Queries the property keys for the device. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.DevicePropertyValue Queries a device property value. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.GetCurrentDevice Queries ID of current device. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.GetCurrentItem Queries name/ID of current item. | Win only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.Image Queries native path to image file. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.ImageCount Queries number of scanned images. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.ImageDialog Offer dialog to user to acquire image. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.Images Queries just of native path to image files. | Win only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.Initialize Initializes WIA services. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.ItemProperties Queries properties as JSON. | Win only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.ItemPropertyKeys Queries list of properties. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.ItemPropertyValue Queries an item property value. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.ListItems Lists the items. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.Scan Transfers data from the given item to the application. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.SelectDeviceDialog Presents the device selection dialog. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.SetCurrentDevice Sets the current device. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.SetDevicePropertyValue Sets a device property value. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WIA.SetItemPropertyValue Sets a property of an item. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WMFP.Create Creates a new player. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.FrameStep Steps forward one video frame. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetAudioBitsPerSample Number of bits per audio sample in an audio media type. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetAudioChannels Number of audio channels in an audio media type. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetAudioSamplesPerSecond Number of audio samples per second in an audio media type. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetBalance Queries current audio balance. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetDuration Queries duration. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetIdealVideoSize Queries ideal video size. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetLoop Queries whether to loop. | Win only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| WMFP.GetMute Queries whether the audio is muted. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetNativeVideoSize Queries native video size. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetPosition Queries current position. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetRate Queries the current playback rate. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetState Queries state of player. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetTag Queries the tag string for this player. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetVideoFrameRate Frame rate of a video media type, in frames per second. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | Win only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| WMFP.GetVolume Queries the audio volume. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.List Lists all IDs of windows media player objects. | Win only 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.Pause Pauses playback. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.Play Starts playback. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.Release Frees the player. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.ReleaseAll Frees all player objects. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.Screenshot Queries picture from current frame. | Win only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| WMFP.SetBalance Sets current audio balance. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.SetBorder Sets the border color. | Win only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| WMFP.SetFrame Repositions player to given control. | Win only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| WMFP.SetLoop Sets whether to loop. | Win only 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| WMFP.SetMute Sets whether the audio is muted. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.SetPlaybackEndedScriptTrigger Sets the playback ended script trigger. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.SetPosition Sets the position. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.SetRate Sets the current playback rate. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.SetTag Sets the tag string for this player. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.SetVisible Hides or shows the player. | Win only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| WMFP.SetVolume Sets the audio volume. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.Stop Stops playback. | Win only 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| WMFP.UpdateVideo Updates the video frame. | Win only 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| WMIQuery.Connect Connects to WMI server. | Win only 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMIQuery.JSON New in 15.5 Queries the query result as JSON. | Win only 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| WMIQuery.New Creates a new WMI Query object. | Win only 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMIQuery.Next Queries the next item in the result of a query. | Win only 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMIQuery.PropertyNames Queries a list of property names for current item. | Win only 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMIQuery.PropertyType Queries data type of a property. | Win only 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMIQuery.PropertyValue Queries the value of the property. | Win only 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMIQuery.Query Executes a query. | Win only 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMIQuery.Release Releases a query object. | Win only 5.2 |
✅ Server |
| WMIQuery.ReleaseAll Frees all query objects. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Cancel Cancels download. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearBeginDownloadHandler Clears the script called for beginning downloads. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearDidDownloadHandler Clears the script called for finished downloads. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFailHandler Clears the script called for failed downloads. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFolder Clears the download folder. | Mac/iOS 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearProgressHandler Clears the script called for download progress. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.DownloadedLength Number of bytes downloaded so far. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ErrorMessage The last error message from download. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.GetFolder Queries current defined download folder. | Mac/iOS 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Install Assigns this web viewer our download delegate. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.MIMEType Returns the MIME type. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Path The file path of the downloaded file. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetBeginDownloadHandler Sets the script called when a download is about to begin. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetDidDownloadHandler Sets the script called when a download finished. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetFailHandler Sets the script called when a download failed. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetFolder Sets the download folder. | Mac/iOS 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetProgressHandler Sets the script called when a download made progress. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.URL Queries current URL. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.expectedContentLength Returns the expected content length. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.suggestedFilename Returns a suggested filename. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebDownloadDelegate.textEncodingName Returns the name of the receiver's text encoding provided by the response's originating source. | Mac/iOS 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebHook.Check Checks whether a web hook has been triggered. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.Create Creates a new web hook object. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetAutoAnswer Queries auto answer. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetCertificateFile Queries file path for certificate file. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetConnectionCounter Queries number of connections accepted. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetFileName Queries file name for the trigger script. | All 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebHook.GetMaximumRequestSize Queries maximum allowed request size. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetMode Queries keep open flag. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetPort Queries listening port for a web hook. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetPrivateKeyFile Queries file path for private key file. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetSSL Whether SSL is enabled. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetScriptName Queries script name for the trigger script. | All 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebHook.GetTag Queries the tag value. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetTimeOut Queries the timeout for the hook. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.GetWebRequestCounter Queries number of web requests created. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.List Lists all web hook objects with their reference numbers. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.Listen Starts listening for incoming requests on this port. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.SetAutoAnswer Sets auto answer text. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.SetMaximumRequestSize Sets maximum allowed request size. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.SetMode Sets mode flags. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.SetSSL Sets SSL certificate and key to use. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.SetScript Sets the script to call when request was received. | All 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebHook.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| WebHook.SetTimeOut Sets the timeout for the hook. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| WebPolicyDelegate.AddMimeType Adds a mime type to the action list for the policy decisions. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebPolicyDelegate.Install Assigns this WebViewer our policy delegate as a filter to the FileMaker built in delegate. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebPolicyDelegate.RemoveMimeType Removes a mime type to the action list for the policy decisions. | Mac only 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| WebRequest.GetBody Queries body for HTTP request. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetBodyAsContainer Queries body for HTTP request as container. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetBodySize Queries size of body in bytes. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetHTTPMethod Queries HTTP method for the request. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetHTTPVersion Queries HTTP method. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetHeaders Queries HTTP headers as JSON. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetHost Queries host name from HTTP headers. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetLocalIP Queries local IP for web hook. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetLocalPort Queries local port number | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetMode Queries mode of request. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetRawData Get raw data of full request. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetRemoteIP Queries remote IP address. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetRemotePort Queries remote port number. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetSSL Whether this web request comes in with SSL. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetSize Queries size of whole request. | All 12.1 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetState Queries the state of the web request. | All 12.0 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetTag Queries the tag value. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetURL Queries HTTP URL received. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.GetWebHook Queries the web hook for this web request. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.List Lists all web request objects with their reference numbers. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.Send Send custom answer. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.SetTag Sets the tag value. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| WebRequest.URLComponents Queries parsed URL components. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebView.AddScriptMessageHandler Adds a script message handler. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.AddUserScript Adds a user script. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.AllCookies Returns all website cookies as JSON. | Mac/Win/iOS 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.AllowsAnyHTTPSCertificateForHost Allows a certain host to allow use of any HTTP certificates. | Mac only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.CallFunction Calls a JavaScript function. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.CanResetPageZoom Whether web page can be reset. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.CanZoomPageIn Whether web page can be zoomed in. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.CanZoomPageOut Whether web page can be zoomed out. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.ClearBrowserSession Ends browser session. | Win only 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.ClearPrintParameters Clears the print parameters. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.1 |
✅ Server |
| WebView.ClearSelection Clears selection. | Mac/Win 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.ClearVirtualHostNameToFolderMapping Clears a host name mapping for local folder. | Win only 14.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.ClickInput Clicks the specified Input Element. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Close Closes a custom web view. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Cookies.ClearForURL Deletes all cookies for a given website. | Mac only 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Copy Copies current text selection to clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.CopyFormattedText Copies formatted text from web view to clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Create Creates a new web view inside the window with the given rectangle. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.CreateWithControl Creates a new web view inside the window with the given placeholder control. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Cut Cuts current text selection. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.DisableJavascriptAlerts Disables alert() command in Javascript. | Mac only 2.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.EstimatedProgress Returns the estimated progress of the web viewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Evaluate Evaluates a JavaScript expression. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.ExecCommand Executes a command on Windows IE. | Win only 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Favicon Get the actual image data of the favicon. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.FaviconURI Get the current Uri of the favicon as a string. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.FindByName Returns a unique ID that references a the web viewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.FindWindowByIndex Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.FindWindowByTitle Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.FormReset Resets the Specified Form. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.FormSubmit Submits the specified Form | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetAllowsLinkPreview Whether to allow link previews. | Mac/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | Mac/iOS 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetCustomUserAgent Queries the current custom user agent string. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetDrawsBackground Whether to the WebView draws background. | Mac/iOS 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetEditable Queries the editable state. | Mac/Win/iOS 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetForm Returns the name of the form with the given index. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetFormButtonValue Gets the value of the specified Button. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetFormCount Returns the number of forms on the website which is currently visible in the web viewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.6 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetFormInputChecked Returns the value of the specified check box or radiobutton. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetFormInputValue Returns the value of the specified Input Form. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetFormSelectOptions Queries the possible values of a select element. | Mac/Win/iOS 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetFormSelectValue Gets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetFormTextAreaValue Returns the value of the specified text area. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetFormValue Returns the value from the Specified Field. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetFormattedText Queries the current text of the document. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetHTMLText Queries the current HTML of the document. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetHeight New in 15.5 Queries the height of the WebViewer. | Mac/Win 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebView.GetHidden Queries a web viewer’s hidden state. | Mac only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetImage Returns a property of the image with the given index. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetImageCount Returns the number of images on the current webpage. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetInternetExplorerHiDPI Query whether HiDPI handling is enabled. | Win only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetInternetExplorerVersion Queries the Internet Explorer version to use for Webviewer. | Win only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetLink Returns a property of the link with the given index. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.8 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetLinkCount Returns the number of links on the current webpage. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.8 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetMediaVolume Queries the maximum volume of all sounds generated on this WebViewer. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetMemoryUsageTargetLevel Gets the MemoryUsageTargetLevel property. | Win only 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetPageSizeMultiplier Queries the page size multiplier. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetPlainText Queries the current text of the document. | Mac/Win/iOS 3.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetPreferences Queries WebView preferences parameters. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetPrintParameter Queries print parameters. | Mac/Win 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetSilent Queries silent mode for WebViewer. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetSource Queries the html source from the web viewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetSourceData Queries the source data from the web viewer. | Mac/iOS 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetTitle Returns the current title of the web page that is being displayed by the specified WebViewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetURL Queries the current document URL in the WebViewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetUsePrivateBrowsing Queries private browsing flag. | Mac only 11.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GetWidth New in 15.5 Queries the width of the WebViewer. | Mac/Win 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebView.GetZoom Queries the zoom factor. | Mac/Win/iOS 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GoBack Moves backward a page in the history. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.GoForward Moves forward a page in the history. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.HasOnlySecureContent Queries whether website is secure. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.HasParent Checks whether WebView has parent control. | Mac/Win/iOS 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.InstallCallback Installs JavaScript callback into web viewer. | Mac/Win 1.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.InstallMultiFileOpenDialog Installs support to the WebViewer for multiple file selections. | Mac only 5.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.InstallUserMediaAccess Enables user media access. | Mac/iOS 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.IsLoading This function returns True if the Specified web viewer is still loading. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.List Queries the list of WebViews. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.LoadHTML Loads HTML string to WebViewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.LoadJavascriptURL Loads the given JavaScript URL into the WebViewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.LoadURL Loads the given URL into the WebViewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.MakeTextLarger Increases the text size. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.MakeTextSmaller Decreases the text size. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.MakeTextStandardSize Sets text to standard size. | Mac/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Passwords.Clear Clears the list of passwords. | Mac only 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Passwords.Install Installs the plugin functions which watch for password requests on a WebViewer. | Mac only 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Passwords.Set Stores a password for later. | Mac only 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Paste Pastes text from clipboard. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.PostURL Navigates to a resource identified by a URL or to a file identified by a full path. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.PressKey Sends a keypress to web viewer. | Win only 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Print Prints the current web view content. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.8 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.PrintPreview Shows the print preview dialog from Internet Explorer. | Win/iOS 2.6 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.PrintToFile Prints the current web view content to PDF file. | Mac/Win 4.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Reload Reloads the WebViewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.RemoveAllUserScripts Removes all associated user scripts. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.RemoveScriptMessageHandler Removes a script message handler. | Mac/iOS 8.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.RenderImage Renders the WebViewer to a picture. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.RenderPDF Renders the web view to a PDF. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.ResetPageZoom Resets the web page zoom. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.RunJavaScript Executes the Javascript on the specified webViewer control. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.RunJavaScriptReturnTitle Run the specified JavaScript and then returns the value of the title property to FileMaker. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Screenshot Takes a screenshot of the area used by the WebViewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | Mac/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | Mac/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | Mac/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | Mac/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Scrollbar.set Scrolls to the given coordinates. | Mac/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SearchText Searches text in a WebViewer. | Mac/Win 2.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SelectAll Selects all text in web viewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SelectedText Queries text of current selection. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SendCommand Executes a command on Windows IE. | Win only 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetAllowsLinkPreview Set whether to allow link previews. | Mac/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | Mac/iOS 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetCustomUserAgent Sets the custom user agent text. | Mac/Win 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetDrawsBackground Whether to the WebView draws background. | Mac/iOS 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetEditable Sets whether the web viewer allows the user to edit its HTML document. | Mac/Win/iOS 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetFocus Sets focus to web viewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetFormButtonValue Sets the value of a Button on the specified form | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetFormInputChecked Sets the value of the specified Check Box or Radiobutton. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetFormInputValue Sets the value of the specified input element | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetFormSelectValue Sets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetFormTextAreaValue Sets the value of a Text Area Element. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetFormValue Set the value of the specified Field in a WebViewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetFrameWithControl Repositions web view to given placeholder control. | Mac/Win/iOS 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetHeight New in 15.5 Sets the height of the WebViewer. | Mac/Win 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebView.SetHidden Sets a web viewer to be invisible. | Mac only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetInternetExplorerHiDPI Sets whether HiDPI handling is enabled. | Win only 10.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetInternetExplorerVersion Sets the Internet Explorer version to use for web viewer. | Win only 6.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetMediaVolume Sets the maximum volume of all sounds generated on this web view. | Mac only 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetMemoryUsageTargetLevel Sets MemoryUsageTargetLevel to indicate desired memory consumption level of WebView. | Win only 15.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetPageSizeMultiplier Sets the page size multiplier. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetPreferences Sets WebView preferences parameters. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetPrintParameter Sets print parameters for Webview.Print method. | Mac/Win/iOS 2.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetSilent Sets silent mode for WebViewer. | Win only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetTitle Sets the title of the web page that is currently being displayed in the web Viewer. | Mac/Win/iOS 1.4 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetUsePrivateBrowsing Sets private browsing desire. | Mac only 11.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetVirtualHostNameToFolderMapping Add a virtual host mapping. | Win only 14.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.SetWidth New in 15.5 Sets the width of the WebViewer. | Mac/Win 15.5 |
✅ Server |
| WebView.SetZoom Sets the optical scale of the webpage. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.ShowDevTools Shows developer tools. | Win only 11.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.StopLoading Stops loading all resources on the current page. | Mac/Win/iOS 9.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.UserScripts Queries list of user scripts. | Mac/iOS 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.Version Queries WebKit version for web viewer. | Mac/iOS 10.3 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.ZoomPageIn Zooms web page in. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| WebView.ZoomPageOut Zooms web page out. | Mac/Win/iOS 4.1 |
❌ Server |
| Webview.GetDefaultDownloadFolderPath New in 15.5 Queries the default download folder path. | Win only 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| Webview.GetPreferredColorScheme New in 15.5 Queries the preferred color scheme. | Win only 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| Webview.GetProfilePath New in 15.5 Queries the full path of the profile directory. | Win only 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| Webview.SetDefaultDownloadFolderPath New in 15.5 Sets the default download folder path. | Win only 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| Webview.SetPreferredColorScheme New in 15.5 Sets the preferred color scheme. | Win only 15.5 |
❌ Server |
| WinPDF.GeneratePreview Adds preview to an existing PDF container. | Mac/Win/iOS 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.IsPasswordProtected Whether this document is password-protected. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.List Returns list of all Windows PDF IDs. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.LoadContainer Loads a PDF document from data in container. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.LoadFile Loads a PDF document from file synchronously. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.PageBox Queries page dimensions. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.PageCount Gets the number of pages in the Portable Document Format (PDF) document. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.PageHeight Queries page height. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.PageImage Renders a page to an image. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.PageImageAtSize Renders a page to an image. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.PagePreferredZoom Gets the Portable Document Format (PDF) page's preferred magnification factor. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.PageRotation Queries rotation for a page. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.PageWidth Queries page width. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.Release Releases an object reference. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPDF.ReleaseAll Releases all PDF documents. | Win only 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| WinPhotoAcquire.Acquire Starts the import process. | Win only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinPhotoAcquire.Files Queries list of files after acquire finished. | Win only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinPhotoAcquire.GetCurrentDeviceID Queries device ID for currently selected devices. | Win only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinPhotoAcquire.SetCurrentDeviceID Sets the current device. | Win only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinPhotoAcquire.ShowSelectDeviceDialog Shows dialog to select device. | Win only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinPhotoAcquire.ShowSettingsDialog Shows settings dialog. | Win only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.AddAttachmentText Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.AddBCC Adds a blind copy recipient. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.AddCC Adds a copy recipient. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.AddRecipient Adds a recipient. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.AddTo Adds a recipient. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.ClearAttachments Clears all attachments from this email. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.ClearRecipients Clears all recipients. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.CreateEmail Creates a new email. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.GetSubject Queries the subject of this email. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.GetText Queries text to send. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.Release Releases all memory used by this email. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.ReleaseAll Release all send email sessions. | Win only 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.Send Sends email. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.SendAsync Sends email asynchronously. | Win only 9.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.SetFrom Sets the email from address. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.SetSubject Sets the subject line. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| WinSendMail.SetText Sets the text content. | Win only 7.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Activate Activates the window. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| Window.AddToTaskbar Adds a window to the taskbar. | Win only 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.AsPDF Renders the window as PDF so you can save it in a container value. Includes a JPEG preview. | Mac only 2.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ClearCloseTrigger Clears close trigger. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ClearFocus Clears focus of Window. | Mac/Win 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ClearTouchBar Clears a TouchBar assigned to a window. | Mac only 8.4 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ConfigureToolbarMenu Configures toolbar menu. | Mac only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Current Queries the reference number of current window. | Mac/Win 5.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.DisableScrollbars Disables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | Mac/Win 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| Window.EnableScrollbars Enables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | Mac/Win 2.9 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Fade Fades window in or out. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| Window.FindByIndex Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | Mac/Win 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.FindByTitle This function can be used to find the Reference to the window. | Mac/Win 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.FlashWindow Flashes the specified window one time. | Win only 6.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetAlpha Queries the current alpha value of the window. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetClassName Queries the internal class name for the window. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetCurrentTag Queries window tag for current window. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetHeight Queries height of a window. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetLeft Queries X coordinate of a window. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetMaxHeight Queries maximum allowed height for a window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetMaxWidth Queries maximum allowed width for a window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetMinHeight Queries minimum allowed height for a window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetMinWidth Queries minimum allowed width for a window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetTag Queries tag for window. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetTitle Get's the title of the window designated by the WindowRef. | Mac/Win 1.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetTitleVisible Queries whether title bar of window is visible. | Mac only 6.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetTitlebarSeparatorStyle Queries titlebar separator style. | Mac only 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetToolbarConfiguration Returns the toolbar configuration. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetToolbarCustomizationPaletteIsRunning Returns whether the toolbar customization palette is running (in use). | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetToolbarDisplayMode Queries mode of Mac toolbar. | Mac only 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetToolbarStyle Queries toolbar style. | Mac only 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetToolbarVisible Returns whether the toolbar is visible. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetTop Queries Y coordinate of a window. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetTopMost Queries whether window is topmost. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetWidth Queries width of a window. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| Window.GetWindowDisplayAffinity Queries the window display affinity. | Win only 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.HasCloseButton You can control whether a Window has a close button or not. | Mac/Win 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.HasFormattingBar Queries whether window has a formatting bar. | Mac/Win 14.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.HasMiniaturizeButton This function returns the current state of the window's Miniaturize button. | Mac/Win 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.HasShadow This function returns the current state of the Window's Shadow. | Mac only 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.HasZoomButton You can control whether a Window has a Zoom button or not. | Mac/Win 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Hide Hides the window Specified by the Window Reference | Mac/Win 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.HideKeyboard Hides the keyboard. | Mac/Win 13.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.IgnoresMouseEvents Queries whether mouse events are ignored. | Mac only 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.IsFullScreen Queries whether window is fullscreen. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.IsFullScreenAuxiliary Whether this window is a fullscreen auxiliary window. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.IsFullScreenPrimary Whether this window is a fullscreen primary window. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.IsKeyboardVisible Checks whether keyboard viewer is visible. | Mac/Win 13.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.IsMaximized Queries window maximize state. | Mac/Win 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.IsMinimized Queries window minimize state. | Mac/Win 9.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.IsModified Queries whether document has been modified. | Mac only 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.IsVisible Queries whether a window is visible. | Mac/Win 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.List Queries the list of FileMaker windows. | Mac/Win 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ListCommands Queries list of commands for window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Maximize Maximizes window. | Mac/Win 6.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Minimize Minimizes window. | Mac/Win 6.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ModalDialogFront Checks if there is a front dialog window. | Mac/Win 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Move Moves the window animated. | Mac/Win 2.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Parent Queries the reference number of parent window. | Mac/Win 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.PositionNextDialog Sets location for next dialog. | Mac/Win 10.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.RemoveFromTaskbar Deletes a window from the taskbar. | Win only 13.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.RemoveMenu Removes the menu on a window. | Win only 3.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Resizable Queries whether window is resizable. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Resize Resizes the window animated. | Mac/Win 2.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.RunCommand Performs a function on a window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.RunToolbarCustomizationPalette Runs the toolbar customization palette. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Screenshot Creates screenshot from a window. | Mac/Win/iOS 5.4 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Scrollbar.GetScrollElasticity Queries the elasticity mode of the scrollbar in a FileMaker window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Scrollbar.SetScrollElasticity Sets the scroll elasticity for a window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Scrollbar.set Scrolls to the given coordinates. | Mac/Win/iOS 6.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ScrollbarsVisible Whether scrollbars are visible or not in this window. | Mac/Win 2.7 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetAlpha Set Alpha can be used to set the transparency of a window. | Mac/Win 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetBounds Sets the bounds of the window. | Mac/Win 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetCloseButton Switches the close button on the window on or off. | Mac/Win 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetCloseTrigger Sets close trigger. | Mac only 12.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetCurrentTag Set window tag for current window. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetDockImage Sets the dock image for a window. | Mac only 7.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetFocus Sets focus to the Window. | Mac/Win 8.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetFullScreenAuxiliary Sets this window to be an auxiliary window. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetFullScreenPrimary Sets this window to be a primary window. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetIgnoresMouseEvents Disables mouse input for this window. | Mac only 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetMaxHeight Sets maximum allowed height for the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetMaxWidth Sets maximum allowed width for the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetMinHeight Sets minimum required height for the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetMinWidth Sets minimum required width for the window. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetMiniaturizeButton This function enables or disables the the Miniaturize Button on a window. | Mac/Win 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetModified Sets the modified state of the window. | Mac only 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetProgress Sets task bar progress. | Win only 7.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetResizable Sets whether window is resizable. | Mac/Win 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetRoundCorners Set round corners for a window. | Mac/Win/iOS 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetShadow Turns shadow on or off. | Mac only 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetShowsToolbarButton Sets whether toolbar on/off button should be shown or not. | Mac only 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetTag Sets tag for window. | Mac/Win 6.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetTitle Set the title of the window designated by the WindowRef. | Mac/Win 1.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetTitleIcon Sets the icon of a window in Windows. | Win only 3.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetTitleVisible Sets whether title bar of window is visible. | Mac only 6.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetTitlebarSeparatorStyle Sets titlebar separator style. | Mac only 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetToolbarConfiguration Sets the toolbar configuration. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetToolbarDisplayMode Sets mode of Mac toolbar. | Mac only 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetToolbarStyle Sets toolbar style. | Mac only 11.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetToolbarVisible Sets whether the toolbar is visible or hidden. | Mac only 4.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetTopMost Sets window to be topmost. | Mac/Win 4.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetWindowDisplayAffinity Sets the window display affinity. | Win only 15.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.SetZoomButton This function enables or disables the the Zoom Button on a window. | Mac/Win 1.1 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Show Shows the window Specified by the Window Reference. | Mac/Win 1.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ShowCharacterPalette Shows the standard character palette. | Mac/Win 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ShowKeyboard Shows the keyboard viewer. | Mac/Win 9.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ShowTableViewDialog Shows the dialog to modify the fields for table view. | Mac only 6.5 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ShowsToolbarButton Queries whether toolbar on/off button should be shown or not. | Mac only 2.4 |
❌ Server |
| Window.ToggleFullScreen Toggles fullscreen mode for this window. | Mac only 3.0 |
❌ Server |
| Window.TopHeight Queries window's toolbar height. | Mac/Win 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| Window.Update Asks the window to redraw. | Mac/Win 2.8 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsLocation.Initialize Initialized location functions for Windows. | Win only 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsLocation.Location Queries current location report. | Win only 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsLocation.RequestPermissions Asks for permissions. | Win only 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsLocation.Status Retrieves the status. | Win only 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsML.BindDouble Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindFloat Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindFloat16 Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindImageFile Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindInt16 Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindInt32 Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindInt64 Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindInt8 Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindUInt16 Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindUInt32 Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindUInt64 Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.BindUInt8 Binds values to an input feature. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.Clear Clears the properties for this model. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.Description Queries description of model. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.Evaluate Evaluates the model and returns result as JSON. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.List Lists all IDs of ML objects. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.Open Loads a model for Windows Machine Learning. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.Release Releases a model. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsML.ReleaseAll Release all Windows machine learning models. | Win only 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.Available Whether OCR is available. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.AvailableRecognizerLanguages Returns a list of all available OCR languages on the device. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.CurrentInputMethodLanguageTag Queries current language tag for the user. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.IsLanguageSupported Whether a language is supported for OCR. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.List Lists all IDs of OCR engine objects. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.MaxImageDimension Gets the maximum image pixel dimensions supported by the OCR engine. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.New Creates a new OCR engine. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.Recognize Scans the specified image for text. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.RecognizeFile Scans the specified image for text. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.RecognizerLanguage Queries the language used for the recognizer. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.ReleaseAll Release all our objects. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.Result Queries a JSON with result of the OCR. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.Text Gets the recognized text. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsOCR.TextAngle Gets the clockwise rotation of the recognized text, in degrees, around the center of the image. | Win only 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.AddCode Adds the code to the specified script. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.Close Removes the specified script from memory. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.Create Creates a Windows Script in memory. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.ErrorClear Clears the old errors | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.ErrorColumn Returns the error column of the last error. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.ErrorDescription Returns the text description of the error. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.ErrorLine Returns the error line of the last error. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.ErrorNumber Returns the number of the last error in a VB script. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.ErrorSource This function returns the name of the module that had the error. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.ErrorText Returns the Line of the Script that contains the error. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.Eval Evaluates the "text" and returns the result. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.ExecuteFunction Runs the script specified by the Script ID. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.ExecuteStatement Executes a statement. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.GetAllowUI Returns the Allow UI State of the specified script. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.GetLanguage Queries the current language. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.GetTimeout Each script has a setting that dictates how long a script will wait before timing out. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.GetUseSafeSubset Returns the Safe Subset State of the specified script. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.SetAllowUI Sets the "Allow UI State of the specified script. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.SetLanguage Returns the Line of the Script that contains the error. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.SetTimeout Each script has a setting that dictates how long a script will wait before timing out. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsScript.SetUseSafeSubset Sets the Safe Subset State of the specified script. | Win only 1.1 |
✅ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.Available Queries whether available. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetExpiresOnReboot Queries whether the toast notification will remain in the Notification Center after a reboot. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetFileName Queries file name for trigger script. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetGroup Gets the group identifier for the notification. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetImagePath Queries image path. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetNotificationMirroring Gets a value that specifies whether notification mirroring is allowed. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetPriority Gets the priority of the toast notification. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetRemoteId Gets a remote id. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetScriptName Queries script name for trigger script. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetSuppressPopup Gets whether a toast's pop-up UI is displayed on the user's screen. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetTag Gets the unique identifier of this notification within the notification Group. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.GetText Query text to show. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.HideNotification Hides the notification. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.Initialize Initializes notification system. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.Isinitialized Queries whether windows user notifications have been initialized. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.List Lists all IDs of notifications. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.NewNotification Creates a new notification. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.Release Releases the notification. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.ReleaseAll Frees all user notifications objects. | Win only 10.5 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetExpiresOnReboot Sets whether the toast notification will remain in the Notification Center after a reboot. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetFileName Sets the file name for script trigger. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetGroup Sets the group identifier for the notification. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetImagePath Sets image path for the image to show. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetNotificationMirroring Sets a value that specifies whether notification mirroring is allowed. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetPriority Sets the priority of the toast notification. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetRemoteId Sets a remote id. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetScriptName Sets the script name for script trigger. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetSuppressPopup Sets whether a toast's pop-up UI is displayed on the user's screen. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetTag Sets the unique identifier of this notification within the notification Group. | Win only 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.SetText Sets the text to show. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.Setting Queries notification status. | Win only 8.3 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.ShowNotification Shows the notification. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WindowsUserNotification.XMLUsed Queries the XML template used for the notification. | Win only 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| WordFile.Append Appends one word file text to other. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.AppendTableRow Duplicates and appends a table row containing a placeholder. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.Contains Checks if some text exists in the document. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.DuplicateTableRow Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.FieldNames Queries field names in the file. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.GetCaseless Queries caseless state. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.GetFieldText Queries field value. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.GetMediaFile Queries media file in word file. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.GetProperty Queries a metadata property. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.GetSkipDeletedText Queries whether we skip deleted text | All 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.GetXML Queries xml content of the word file. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.HasTag Checks if a tag exists. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.List Lists all IDs of word file objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.MediaFiles Queries list of media files in the word file. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.OpenContainer Opens a word file from container. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.OpenFile Opens a word file from file. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.OpenText Opens a word xml file from text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.Parts Queries names of the parts of the document. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.Release Frees the memory used for the word file. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.ReleaseAll Releases all word file objects. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.RemoveTableRow Removes a table row containing a placeholder. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.ReplaceTag Replaces a placeholder with text. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.SetCaseless Sets caseless state. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.SetFieldText Sets field value. | All 7.5 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.SetMarkers Sets the markers to look for before/after a tag. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.SetMediaFile Sets a media file image. | All 6.3 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.SetProperty Sets a metadata property. | All 14.5 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.SetSkipDeletedText Sets whether to skip deleted text. | All 15.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.SetXML Sets the xml for this word file. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.Substitute Replaces some text in the document with new text. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.Tags Queries list of tags. | All 12.2 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.Texts Extracts text of word file. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.WriteContainer Writes a file to container. | All 11.4 |
✅ Server |
| WordFile.WriteFile Writes a file to disk. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| X509.Description Provides a description of the certificate. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.Duplicate Creates a copy of the certificate. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.IssuerName The issuer name. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.List Lists all IDs of X509 objects. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.Name The name of the certificate. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.Read Reads a PEM certificate from text. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.ReadFromContainer Reads a certificate from a container value. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.ReadFromFile Reads a certificate from a PEM file. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.Release Releases the certificate from memory. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.ReleaseAll Release all certificates. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| X509.SerialNumber Queries the serial number. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.ShowDialog Shows standard dialog with details. | Mac/Win 9.2 |
❌ Server |
| X509.SubjectName The subject name. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.ValidNotAfter The date where the certificate expires. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| X509.ValidNotBefore The date where the certificate was created. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| X509.Version Queries the version of the file. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| X509.Write Writes certificate. | All 9.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.AddConditionalFormat Adds a new conditional format to the workbook for using with conditional formatting rules. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.AddCustomNumFormat Adds a new custom number format to the workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.AddFont Adds a new font to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.AddFontFromBook Copies a font definition. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.AddFormat Adds a new format to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other format. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.AddFormatFromBook Copies a format definition. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.AddPictureContainer Adds a picture to the workbook from container. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.AddPictureFile Adds a picture to the workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.AddSheet Adds a new sheet to this book, returns the sheet index. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.BiffVersion Returns BIFF version of binary file. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.CustomNumFormat Returns a custom format string for specified custom format identifier. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheet Deletes a sheet with specified index. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheetsExcept Deletes all sheets except the one with given name. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.FontCount Returns a number of fonts in this book. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.FormatCount Returns a number of formats in this book. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetActiveSheet Returns an active sheet index in this workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetCalcMode Queries current calculation mode. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetCoreProperty Queries a property. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontName Returns a default font name for this workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontSize Returns a default font size for this workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetPicture Returns a picture at position index. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetPictureType Returns a picture type at position index. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetRGBMode Returns whether the RGB mode is active. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetRefR1C1 Returns whether the R1C1 reference mode is active. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.GetText Queries the text of a workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.InsertSheet Inserts a new sheet to this book at position index, returns the new sheet index. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.IsDate1904 Returns whether the 1904 date system is active. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.IsTemplate Returns whether the workbook is template. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.IsWriteProtected Queries whether the workbook is marked as read-only. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.MoveSheet Moves a sheet. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.Release Frees a workbook from memory. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.ReleaseAll Releases all books from memory. | All 10.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.RemoveAllCoreProperties Remove all workbook properties. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.RemoveAllPhonetics Removes all phonetics data (furigana) from a workbook. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.RemovePrinterSettings Removes all printer settings from the workbook. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.RemoveVBA Removes all VBA scripts (macros) from the workbook. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.Save Writes excel file to container for storing in database. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SaveToFile Saves current workbook into xls-file. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SetActiveSheet Sets an active sheet index in this workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SetCalcMode Sets the current calculation mode. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SetCoreProperty Sets a property. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SetDate1904 Sets the date system mode. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SetDefaultFont Sets a default font name and size for this workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SetRGBMode Sets a RGB mode. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SetRefR1C1 Sets the R1C1 reference mode. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SetTemplate Sets the template flag. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SheetCount Queries how many sheets are part of the workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.SheetIndexForName Queries sheet index for sheet name. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.Sheets Queries list of sheet names. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Book.Version Queries version of XL library. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Color.Pack Packs red, green and blue components in color type. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Color.UnPack Unpacks color type to red, green and blue components. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.Font Returns the font for this format. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderBottom Returns the bottom border style. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderBottomColor Returns the color of the bottom border. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderLeft Returns the left border style. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderLeftColor Returns the color of the left border. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderRight Returns the right border style. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderRightColor Returns the color of the right border. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderTop Returns the top border style. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetBorderTopColor Returns the color of the top border. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetCustomNumFormat Queries custom format string. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetFillPattern Returns the fill pattern. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetNumFormat Returns the number format identifier. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetPatternBackgroundColor Returns the background color of the fill pattern. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.GetPatternForegroundColor Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorder Sets the border style. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderBottom Sets the bottom border style. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderBottomColor Sets the color of the bottom border. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderColor Sets the border color. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderLeft Sets the left border style. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderLeftColor Sets the color of the left border. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderRight Sets the right border style. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderRightColor Sets the color of the right border. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderTop Sets the top border style. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetBorderTopColor Sets the color of the top border. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetCustomNumFormat Sets a custom number format. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetFillPattern Sets the fill pattern. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetNumFormat Sets the number format identifier. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetPatternBackgroundColor Sets the background color of the fill pattern. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormat.SetPatternForegroundColor Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.Add2ColorScaleFormulaRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 2-color scale on the cells. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.Add2ColorScaleRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 2-color scale on the cells. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.Add3ColorScaleFormulaRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 3-color scale on the cells. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.Add3ColorScaleRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that creates a gradated 3-color scale on the cells. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddAboveAverageRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells that are above or below the average for all values in the range. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddOpNumRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values are compared with a calculated result, using an operator. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddOpStrRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values are compared with a calculated result, using an operator. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddRange Adds a range to these conditional formatting rules. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values correspond to the specified criteria. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddTimePeriodRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells containing dates in the specified time period. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.ConditionalFormating.AddTopRule Adds a conditional formatting rule that highlights cells whose values fall in the [top N] or [bottom N] bracket. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.CopyCellValue Copies one cell. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.CopyColumn Copies cells from one column to another column. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.CopyContent Copies all content from one book to other book. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.CopyRow Copies cells from one row to another row. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.CopySheet Copies a sheet to another book. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Date.DoubleToTimeStamp Converts a timestamp number to a timestamp value. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Date.Pack Packs date and time information into double type. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Date.TimeStampToDouble Converts a date to a numeric value for writing in a number cell. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Date.UnPack Unpacks date and time information from double type. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.GetBold Returns whether the font is bold. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.GetColor Returns the color of the font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.GetItalic Returns whether the font is italic. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.GetName Returns the name of the font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.GetScript Returns the script style of the font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.GetSize Returns the size of the font in points. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.GetStrikeOut Returns whether the font is strikeout. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.GetUnderline Returns the underline style of the font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.SetBold Turns on/off the bold font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.SetColor Sets the color of the font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.SetItalic Turns on/off the italic font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.SetName Sets the name of the font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.SetScript Sets the script style of the font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.SetSize Sets the size of the font in points. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.SetStrikeOut Turns on/off the strikeout font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Font.SetUnderline Sets the underline style of the font. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.AddItem Adds the item to a list box or drop-down form control. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.AltText Returns alternative text for the object. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.ClearItems Clears all items from a list box or drop-down form control. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.DefaultSize Returns whether the object is at its default size. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.Disabled Returns whether the object is allowed to run an attached macro. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetChecked Queries the check state. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetDropLines Returns the number of lines in the drop-down before scroll bars are added. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetDx Returns the width of the scroll bar in pixels. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetFirstButton Returns whether the object is the first button in a set of radio buttons. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetFmlaGroup Queries group name. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetFmlaLink Returns the cell reference is linked to. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetFmlaRange Returns the cell reference with range of source data cells. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetFmlaTxbx Queries the source for the control. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetFromAnchor Returns the bottom right location of a control within a document. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetHoriz Returns whether the scroll bar is horizontal. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetInc Queries increment. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetMax Queries maximum value. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetMin Queries minimum value. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetMultiSel Returns the indices of selected items as a comma-delimited list. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetSet Queries the index of the selected item. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.GetToAnchor Returns the top left location of a control within a document. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.InsertItem Inserts the item to the specified position to a list box or drop-down form control. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.Item Returns the item by index from a list box or drop-down form control. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.ItemCount Returns the number of items in a list box or drop-down form control. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.JSON Queries form controls as JSON. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.LinkedCell Returns the worksheet range linked to the control's value. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.ListFillRange Returns the range of source data cells used to populate the list box. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.Locked Returns whether the object is locked when the sheet is protected. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.Macro Returns the custom function associated with the object. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.Name Returns the name for this embedded control. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.ObjectType Returns the form control object type. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.Print Returns whether the object is printed when the document is printed. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetChecked Sets the check state. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetDropLines Sets the number of lines in the drop-down before scroll bars are added. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetDx Sets the width of the scroll bar in pixels. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetFirstButton Sets whether the object is the first button in a set of radio buttons. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetFmlaGroup Sets the cell reference in a group box is linked to. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetFmlaLink Sets the cell reference is linked to. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetFmlaRange Sets the cell reference with range of source data cells. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetFmlaTxbx Sets the source. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetHoriz Sets whether the scroll bar is horizontal. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetInc Sets increment. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetMax Sets the maximum. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetMin Sets the minimum. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetMultiSel Sets the indices of selected items as a comma-delimited list. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.FormControl.SetSel Sets the index of the selected item. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetAlignH Returns the horizontal alignment. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetAlignV Returns the vertical alignment. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottom Returns the bottom border style. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottomColor Returns the color of the bottom border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonal Returns the diagonal border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalColor Returns the color of the diagonal border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalStyle Gets the style for diagonal border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeft Returns the left border style. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeftColor Returns the color of the left border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRight Returns the right border style. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRightColor Returns the color of the right border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTop Returns the top border style. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTopColor Returns the color of the top border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetFillPattern Returns the fill pattern. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetFont Returns the font for this format. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetHidden Returns whether the hidden property is set to true. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetIndent Returns the text indentation level. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetLocked Returns whether the locked property is set to true. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetNumFormat Returns the number format identifier. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetPatternBackgroundColor Returns the background color of the fill pattern. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetPatternForegroundColor Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetRotation Returns the text rotation. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetShrinkToFit Returns whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.GetWrap Returns whether the cell text is wrapped. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetAlignH Sets the horizontal alignment. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetAlignV Sets the vertical alignment. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorder Sets the border style. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottom Sets the bottom border style. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottomColor Sets the color of the bottom border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderColor Sets the border color. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonal Sets the diagonal border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalColor Sets the color of the diagonal border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalStyle Sets the style for diagonal border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeft Sets the left border style. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeftColor Sets the color of the left border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRight Sets the right border style. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRightColor Sets the color of the right border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTop Sets the top border style. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTopColor Sets the color of the top border. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetFillPattern Sets the fill pattern. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetFont Sets the font for the format. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetHidden Sets the hidden property. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetIndent Sets the text indentation level. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetLocked Sets the locked property. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetNumFormat Sets the number format identifier. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetPatternBackgroundColor Sets the background color of the fill pattern. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetPatternForegroundColor Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetRotation Sets the text rotation. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetShrinkToFit Sets the flag whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Format.SetWrap Sets the flag whether the cell text is wrapped. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Initialize Initializes the XL library by loading it. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| XL.IsInitialized Checks if libXL library has been initialized. | All 4.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.List Lists all IDs of current XL books. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.LoadBook Loads a Excel file. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| XL.LoadBookPartially Loads a Excel file partially. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.NewBook Creates a new workbook in memory. | All 2.9 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AddConditionalFormatting Adds a conditional formatting rules to the sheet. | All 14.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AddDataValidation Adds a data validation for the specified range. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AddHyperlink Adds the new hyperlink. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AddIgnoredError Adds the ignored error for specified range. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AddSelectionRange Adds a range to the selection. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AddTable Adds a table to the sheet with the specified name, range and style. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AddrToRowCol Converts a cell reference to row and column. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.ApplyFilter Applies the AutoFilter to the sheet. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AreCellsEmpty Checks whether the cells in the given range are empty. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter Initializes the AutoFilter. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.AddFilter Adds the filter value. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.AddSort Adds the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Clear Clear the filter criteria. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.ColumnSize Returns the number of specified AutoFilter columns which have a filter information. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Filter Returns the filter value by index. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterSize Returns the number of filter values. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterType Returns the filter type of this AutoFilter column. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetCustomFilter Gets the custom filter criteria. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetRef Gets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSort Gets the zero-based index of sorted column in AutoFilter and its sort order. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSortRange Gets the whole range of data to sort. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetTop10 Gets the number of top or bottom items. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetCustomFilter Sets the custom filter criteria. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetRef Sets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetSort Sets the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetTop10 Sets the number of top or bottom items. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsDate Checks that cell contains a date or time value. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsFormula Checks that cell contains a formula. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsStyledText Queries whether cell has styled text. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBlank Checks if cell is blank. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBoolean Reads a boolean value from a cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBooleans Reads all the boolean values in an area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComment Reads a comment value from a cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComments Reads all the comments from cells in an area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDate Reads a number value from a cell. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDates Reads all the dates from cells in an area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormula Reads the formula value from a cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormulas Reads all the formulas from cells in an area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumber Reads a number value from a cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumbers Reads all the numbers from cells in an area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadStyledText Reads a styled text value from a cell. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadText Reads a text value from a cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadTexts Reads all the texts from cells in an area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadValue Reads a value value from a cell. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadValues Reads all the values from cells in an area. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellType Queries type of cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlank Writes a blank cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlanks Writes blanks to an area of cells. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBoolean Writes a boolean value into cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBooleans Writes booleans to an area of cells. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComment Writes a comment to a cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComments Writes comments to an area of cells. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDate Writes a number into cell. | All 5.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDates Writes dates to an area of cells. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteError Writes error into the cell with specified format. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormula Writes a formula into cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaBoolean Writes a formula and value in a cell. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaNumber Writes a formula and value in a cell. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaText Writes a formula and value in a cell. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulas Writes formulas to an area of cells. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteMatrix Writes cell values from matrix. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumber Writes a number into cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumbers Writes numbers to an area of cells. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteStyledText Writes a styled text into a cell. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteText Writes a string into cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteTextAsNumber Writes a number into cell, but passes it as text. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteTexts Writes texts to an area of cells. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.Clear Clears cells in specified area. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintArea Clears the print area. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintRepeats Clears repeated rows and columns on each page. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.ColFormat Returns column's format. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.CopyCell Copies cell with format from (rowSrc, colSrc) to (rowDst, colDst). | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.DefaultRowHeight Returns the default row height measured in point size. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.DelHyperlink Removes hyperlink by index. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.DelMergeByIndex Removes merged cells by index. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteMerge Removes merged cells. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteNamedRange Deletes the named range by name. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.FormControlCount Queries number of form controls. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetActiveCell Gets an active cell of the sheet. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellError Reads error from cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellErrors Reads all the errors from cells in an area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormat Returns cell's format. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormats Reads all the formats from cells in an area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellPicture Queries picture for a cell. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetColHidden Returns whether column is hidden. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetColWidth Returns column width in points. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetColWidthPixel Returns column width in pixel. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetDisplayGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are displayed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstCol Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstFilledCol Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstFilledRow Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstRow Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooter Returns the footer text of the sheet when printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooterMargin Returns the footer margin in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryBelow Returns whether grouping rows summary is below. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryRight Returns whether grouping columns summary is right. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetHCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeader Returns the header text of the sheet when printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeaderMargin Returns the header margin in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetHidden Returns whether sheet is hidden. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreak Returns row with horizontal page break at position index. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreakCount Returns a number of horizontal page breaks in the sheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetLandscape Returns a page orientation mode. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastCol Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastFilledCol Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastFilledRow Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a filled cell. | All 10.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastRow Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginBottom Returns the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginLeft Returns the left margin of the sheet in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginRight Returns the right margin of the sheet in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginTop Returns the top margin of the sheet in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetMerge Gets merged cells for cell at row, col. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetName Returns the name of the sheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetNamedRange Gets the named range coordianates by name. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetPaper Returns the paper size. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetPicture Returns a workbook picture index at position index in worksheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintArea Gets the print area. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintFit Returns whether fit to page option is enabled. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatCols Gets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatRows Gets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRow Returns whether the row and column headers are printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintZoom Returns the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetProtect Returns whether sheet is protected. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHeight Returns row height in points. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHeightPixel Returns row height in pixels. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHidden Returns whether row is hidden. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetTabColor Queries the sheet's tab color. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetTabColorRGB Queries the sheet's tab RGB color. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetText Queries the text of a sheet in a workbook. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetTopLeftView Extracts the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetVCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreak Returns column with vertical page break at position index. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreakCount Returns a number of vertical page breaks in the sheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GetZoom Returns the zoom level of the current view as a percentage. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GroupCols Groups columns from colFirst to colLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.GroupRows Groups rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.Hyperlink Gets the hyperlink and its coordianates by index. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.HyperlinkIndex Checks if the cell contains a hyperlink. | All 13.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.HyperlinkSize Returns the number of hyperlinks in the sheet. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.InsertCol Inserts columns from colFirst to colLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.InsertRow Inserts rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.IsAutoFilter Whether this sheet has an auto filter. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.Merge Gets the merged cells by index. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.MergeSize Returns a number of merged cells in this worksheet. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRange Gets the named range coordinates by index. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRangeCount Returns the number of named ranges in the sheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this worksheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.ReadCellsAsMatrix Reads all the values from cells in an area into a new matrix. | All 13.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveCol Removes columns from colFirst to colLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComment Removes a comment from a cell. | All 6.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComments Removes comments in given area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveDataValidations Removes all data validations for the sheet. | All 10.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveFilter Removes the AutoFilter from the sheet. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RemovePicture Removes a picture from a cell. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RemovePictureByIndex Removes a picture by index. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveRow Removes rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveSelection Removes all selection. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RightToLeft Returns whether the text is displayed in right-to-left mode. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RowColToAddr Converts row and column to a cell reference. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.RowFormat Returns row's format. | All 15.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SelectionRange Returns a range of the selection. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetActiveCell Sets an active cell of the sheet. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetAutoFitArea Sets the borders for autofit column widths feature. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetBorder Sets the border in the specified range of cells. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormat Sets cell's format. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormats Set cell formats in given area. | All 8.0 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetCol Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetColHidden Hides or shows a column. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetColPx Sets column width in pixels and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetColumn Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetDefaultRowHeight Sets the default row height measured in point size. | All 13.1 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetDisplayGridlines Sets gridlines for displaying. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetFooter Sets the footer text for the sheet when printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryBelow Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryRight Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetHCenter Sets a flag that the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetHeader Sets the header text of the sheet when printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetHidden Hides/unhides the sheet. Returns false if error occurs. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetHorPageBreak Sets/removes a horizontal page break. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetLandscape Sets landscape or portrait mode for printing. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginBottom Sets the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginLeft Sets the left margin of the sheet in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginRight Sets the right margin of the sheet in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginTop Sets the top margin of the sheet in inches. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetMerge Sets merged cells for range: rowFirst - rowLast, colFirst - colLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetName Sets the name of the sheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetNamedRange Sets the named range. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPaper Sets the paper size. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithScale Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with scale factor and offsets in pixels. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithSize Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with custom size and offsets in pixels. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintArea Sets the print area. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintFit Fits sheet width and sheet height to wPages and hPages respectively. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintGridlines Sets gridlines for printing. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatCols Sets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatRows Sets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRow Sets a flag that the row and column headers are printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintZoom Sets the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtect Protects/unprotects the sheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtectEx Protects/unprotects the sheet with password and enhanced parameters below. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetRightToLeft Sets the right-to-left mode. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetRow Sets row height and format. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetRowHidden Hides or shows a row. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetRowPx Sets column width in pixels and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | All 13.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetRows Sets row height and format for multiple rows. | All 11.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColor Sets the color for the sheet's tab. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColorRGB Sets the RGB color for the sheet's tab. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetTopLeftView Sets the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetVCenter ets a flag that the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetVerPageBreak Sets/removes a vertical page break. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SetZoom Sets the zoom level of the current view. | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.Split Splits a sheet at position (row, col). | All 3.5 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.SplitInfo Gets the split information (position of frozen pane) in the sheet. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.Table Gets the table parameters by index. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.TableSize Returns the number of tables in the sheet. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Sheet.Type Returns type of sheet with specified index. | All 7.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.ColumnSize Returns the number of columns in the table. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.GetColumnName Queries unique name of the table column with the specified index. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.GetName Queries the name of the table. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.GetRef Queries the range on the sheet for this table. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.GetShowColumnStripes Queries whether column stripe formatting is applied. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.GetShowFirstColumn Queries whether the first column in the table should have the style applied. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.GetShowLastColumn Queries whether the last column in the table should have the style applied. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.GetShowRowStripes Queries whether row stripe formatting is applied. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.GetStyle Get the table style. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.SetColumnName Sets the unique name of the table column with the specified index. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.SetName Sets the name of the table. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.SetRef Sets the range on the sheet for this table. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.SetShowColumnStripes Sets whether column stripe formatting is applied. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.SetShowFirstColumn Sets whether the first column in the table should have the style applied. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.SetShowLastColumn Sets whether the last column in the table should have the style applied. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.SetShowRowStripes Sets whether row stripe formatting is applied. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Table.SetStyle Sets the table style. | All 15.2 |
✅ Server |
| XL.Uninitialize Uninitializes XL library. | All 10.1 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ApplyStylesheet Apply the stylesheet to the document (XSLT transform). | All 8.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ApplyStylesheet2 Apply the stylesheet to the document (XSLT transform). | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Canonical Creates canonical xml. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ClearVariables Clears the variables. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Colorize Formats a XML string with color. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Compact Compacts XML document. | All 10.2 |
✅ Server |
| XML.DeletePath Delete a xml node. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ExtractText Extracts the text from the XML tree. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Format Formats XML document. | All 6.2 |
✅ Server |
| XML.GetAttribute Queries text of an attribute. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.GetPathValue Queries value in XML. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.GetSaveNoEmptyTags Queries whether to include close tags for empty nodes. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.HasAttribute Queries whether an attribute exists. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import Imports XML and creates tables, fields and records. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.ErrorCount Queries error counter. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.Errors Queries list of error messages. | All 9.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.GetExtraFieldDefinitions Queries the extra field definitions. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.SetBaseFields Sets the names of the base fields per record. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.SetExtraField Sets the extra field to add to all tables. | All 7.1 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.SetExtraFieldDefinitions Sets the extra field definitions. | All 13.5 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | All 5.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Import.Work Performs import. | All 5.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.InsertRecords Imports records from XML file. | All 13.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ItemRefs Queries entries from XML nodes. | All 11.5 |
✅ Server |
| XML.List Lists all IDs of current XML objects. | All 12.5 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ListAttributes Lists attribute names. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.NodeCount Counts nodes with given name. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.NodeNames Queries list of node names in an XML. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Parse Parses a XML document. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Query Performs an XPath query. | All 3.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ReadContainer Reads container content as XML. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ReadFile Reads a file as XML. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Release Releases an XML object. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ReleaseAll Releases all XML objects. | All 7.3 |
✅ Server |
| XML.SetPathCData Sets path value with CData. | All 11.1 |
✅ Server |
| XML.SetPathValue Sets a xml node. | All 7.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.SetPathXML Sets path value with XML sub tree. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| XML.SetSaveNoEmptyTags Sets whether to include close tags for empty nodes. | All 12.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.SetVariables Creates local variables in script for XML nodes. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.SubTree Extracts a given subtree. | All 7.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Tidy Performs tidy on XML. | All 14.4 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ToHTML Converts XML to HTML. | All 14.0 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ToJSON Converts XML to JSON. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| XML.Validate Validates XML against schema. | All 8.1 |
✅ Server |
| XML.ValidateFile Validates XML against schema. | All 8.2 |
✅ Server |
| ZipFile.CRCFile Calculates CRC of a file. | All 4.3 |
✅ Server |
| ZipFile.Close Closes the zip archive. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| ZipFile.SetCompressionLevel Sets the compression level. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| ZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for compressing. | All 5.1 |
✅ Server |
| ZipFile.WriteContainer Writes a file to the zip archive with content from a container. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| ZipFile.WriteFile Reads a file and writes it to the zip archive. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| ZipFile.WriteHex Writes data into the zip archive. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| ZipFile.WriteText Writes a text into the zip archive. | All 3.4 |
✅ Server |
| iOSApp.AddSwipeGestureRecognizer Add swipe gesture recognizers. | iOS 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.ClearLastURL Clears last URL. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.ClearSwipeGestureRecognizer Clears current swipe gesture recognizer. | iOS 13.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetDidBecomeActiveEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app becomes active. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetDidBecomeActiveScript Queries the script name for the did become active script trigger. | iOS 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetDidEnterBackgroundEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app goes to background. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetDidEnterBackgroundScript Queries the script name for the did enter background script trigger. | iOS 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetDidOpenURLEvaluate Queries the expression. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetDidReceiveMemoryWarningEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app gets a memory warning. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetDidReceiveMemoryWarningScript Queries the script name for the did receive memory warning script trigger. | iOS 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetIdleTimerDisabled Queries whether the idle timer is disabled for the app. | iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetOrientationDidChangeEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when device rotated. | iOS 13.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetOrientationDidChangeScript Queries the script name for the did rotate the device. | iOS 13.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetSignificantTimeChangeEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when time changes. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetSignificantTimeChangeScript Queries the script name for the significant time change script trigger. | iOS 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetWillEnterForegroundEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when app goes to background. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetWillEnterForegroundScript Queries the script name for the will enter foreground script trigger. | iOS 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetWillResignActiveEvaluate Queries the expression to be evaluated when the app is no longer active and loses focus. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.GetWillResignActiveScript Queries the script name for the will resign active script trigger. | iOS 13.0 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.InstallOpenURLHandler Install OpenURL handler. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.IsOpenURLHandlerInstalled Returns whether OpenURL handler was installed. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.LastURL Queries last URL we received. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.ReadReceipt Reads and parses App Store receipt. | Mac/iOS 10.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetDidBecomeActiveEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when app becomes active. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetDidBecomeActiveScript Sets the script to be run when app becomes active. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetDidEnterBackgroundEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when app goes to background. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetDidEnterBackgroundScript Queries the script to be run when app goes to background. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetDidOpenURLEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when the app received an URL request. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetDidOpenURLScript Sets the script to be run when the app received an URL request. | iOS 11.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetDidReceiveMemoryWarningEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when app gets a memory warning. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetDidReceiveMemoryWarningScript Sets the script to be run when app gets a memory warning. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetIdleTimerDisabled Sets whether the idle timer is disabled for the app. | iOS 10.1 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetOrientationDidChangeEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when device is rotated. | iOS 13.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetOrientationDidChangeScript Queries the script to be run when device is rotated. | iOS 13.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetSignificantTimeChangeEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when time changes. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetSignificantTimeChangeScript Sets the script to be run when time changes. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetWillEnterForegroundEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when comes back to foreground. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetWillEnterForegroundScript Sets the script to be run when comes back to foreground. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetWillResignActiveEvaluate Sets the expression to be evaluated when the app is no longer active and loses focus. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSApp.SetWillResignActiveScript Sets the script to be run when the app is no longer active and loses focus. | iOS 8.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.BatteryLevel The battery charge level for the device. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.BatteryState The battery state for the device. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.IdentifierForVendor An alphanumeric string that uniquely identifies a device to the app’s vendor. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.IsBatteryMonitoringEnabled Checks whether battery monitoring is enabled. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.LocalizedModel The model of the device as a localized string. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.Model The model of the device. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.Name The name identifying the device. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.Orientation Returns the physical orientation of the device. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.OrientationIsLandscape Checks whether orientation is landscape. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.OrientationIsPortrait Checks whether orientation is portrait. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.SetBatteryMonitoringEnabled Changes battery monitoring state. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.SystemName The name of the operating system running on the device represented by the receiver. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.SystemVersion The current version of the operating system. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSDevice.UserInterfaceIdiom The style of interface to use on the current device. | iOS 7.2 |
❌ Server |
| iOSKeyboard.GetDidHideEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard did hide. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSKeyboard.GetDidShowEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard did show. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSKeyboard.GetWillHideEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard will hide. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSKeyboard.GetWillShowEvaluate Queries expression to run when keyboard will show. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSKeyboard.SetDidHideEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard did hide. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSKeyboard.SetDidShowEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard did show. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSKeyboard.SetWillHideEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard will hide. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSKeyboard.SetWillShowEvaluate Sets expression to run when keyboard will show. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
| iOSKeyboard.State Queries keyboard state. | iOS 7.4 |
❌ Server |
7293 functions shown.
These functions require a license (60%).